You are on page 1of 77

DIGITAL KEYBOARD

Yamaha Global Site


http://www.yamaha.com/

Yamaha Downloads
http://download.yamaha.com/
Appendix

Manual Development Department


© 2016 Yamaha Corporation

AR Published 03/2016 PO##*.*-**A0


Printed in China
FA ZT29190
‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 2 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫نشكرك على شرائك لوحة المفاتيح الرقمية من ‪!Yamaha‬‬


‫نوصيك بقراءة ھذا الكتيّب بعناية؛ حتى تتمكن من االستفادة بشكل كامل من الوظائف المتطوّرة والسھلة في ھذه اآللة الموسيقية‪.‬‬
‫ونوصيك أيضًا باالحتفاظ بھذا الكتيّب في مكان أمين وفي متناول اليد للرجوع إليه في المستقبل‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﺗﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ‬


‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ )ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺻﻳﻐﺔ ‪.(PDF‬‬

‫‪) MIDI Reference‬ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ‪(MIDI‬‬


‫ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑـ ‪ ،MIDI‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ‪.MIDI‬‬

‫‪) MIDI Basics‬أﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎت ‪(MIDI‬‬


‫)ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ واﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ واﻷﻟﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﻹﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ‪ MIDI‬وﻣﺎ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Computer-related Operations‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪) iPhone/iPad Connection Manual‬آﺘﻴّﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت ‪(iPhone/iPad‬‬


‫ﻳُﻭﺿﺢ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺫﻛﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ‪ iPhone‬ﻭ‪ iPad‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳّﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،Yamaha Download‬ﻭﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ”‪) “PSR-A350‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ( ﻓﻲ ﻣﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ‬
‫]‪.[SEARCH‬‬

‫‪) Yamaha Downloads‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻼت ‪(Yamaha‬‬


‫‪http://download.yamaha.com/‬‬

‫‪) Song Book‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬


‫ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ )ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ”‪ (“Demo Songs‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﺇﻛﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ”‪ “Song Book‬ﺑﻼ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪) Yamaha Online Member‬أﻋﻀﺎء ‪ Yamaha‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ(‬


‫‪https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ”‪ “PRODUCT ID‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ )”‪ (“Online Member Product Registration‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺑﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﻣﻝء ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺎﻟﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫• ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ )ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﺎﺏ(‬
‫• ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ*‪1‬‬

‫• ﻣﺳﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬


‫*‪2‬‬
‫• ‪) Online Member Product Registration‬ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ(‬
‫*‪ :1‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻓﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﻳﻝ ‪ Yamaha‬ﺑﺧﺻﻭﺹ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ :2‬ﺭﻗﻡ ﺗﻌﺭﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ”‪ “PRODUCT ID‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﻝء ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺴﻨﺪ اﻟﻨﻮﺗﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺩﺧﻝ ﻣﺳﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻔﺗﺣﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ُﻣﻭﺿﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 3 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰف اﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﻭﻝ ﻛﺗﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ‪2 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺎﻟﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻓﻘﺔ ‪2 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪29.......................................... Demo Song‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺳﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ‪2 ............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺯﻓﻬﺎ‪29.................................................... .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‪4 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ‪30................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﻸﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪30...................‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ ‪30.......................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ‪31............................................................... A-B‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ واﻷﻃﺮاف‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻛﻝ ﺟﺯء ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ‪31........................................‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪10 ...........................................................‬‬
‫‪32‬‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺻﻮت ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪12 ...................... .‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ )ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻛﺎﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ( ‪32..............‬‬ ‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ]‪12 ................. .[SUSTAIN‬‬
‫‪33‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪13 ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪13 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ‪33.................................................... Song Book‬‬ ‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ‪13 .......................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ‪33..............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (EQ‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ‬
‫‪ Listening‬ﻭ‪ Timing‬ﻭ‪35.................................. Waiting‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ‪14 ...................................................‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ ‪ Listening‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Timing‬ﺃﻭ ‪36.......Waiting‬‬ ‫ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺗﺳﺎﻋًﺎ )ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ( ‪14 ...................‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ ‪36..................................................‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ واﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ أداؤك‬
‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪15 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ‪37.......................................................‬‬ ‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‪15 ................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ‪37...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ‪38..................................................‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪38.......................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﺰف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰف أﺻﻮات ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫)اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ(‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ‪16 .................................................‬‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ إﻋﺪادات ﻟﻮﺣﺘﻚ اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‬
‫)ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ( ‪16 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪40................................‬‬ ‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺻﻭﺕ ‪16 ........................................ Grand Piano‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪40............................‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﻁﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ‪17 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ )ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ( ‪41.................................‬‬ ‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ‪17 ......................... .‬‬
‫‪42‬‬ ‫اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪18 ................................................ .‬‬
‫‪46‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻊ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ أو ‪iPhone/iPad‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪18 .....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪46.......................................................‬‬ ‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪19 ................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ ﺑـ ‪46............................................ iPhone/iPad‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ ‪19 .......................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪19 ..........................................‬‬
‫‪46‬‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ واﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ‪20 ...................................‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ‪46.............................................‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺴﻼﻟﻢ اﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ‪46......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ ‪22 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‪23 .......................... .‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ‪23 ....................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪47 .......................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ‪23 ..................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪48 ............................................................‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰف اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮس ‪49 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ—ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ ‪25 ...............................................‬‬
‫‪50 ........................................ Song Book Sample‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪26 ......................................................‬‬
‫‪60 ........................................................Voice List‬‬ ‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪26 ......................................................‬‬
‫‪66 .................................................. Drum Kit List‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪27 ..........................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺣﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻣﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ‪28 ...............‬‬
‫‪71 ........................................................ Song List‬‬
‫‪72 .........................................................Style List‬‬
‫‪74 .............................................. Effect Type List‬‬

‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 4 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺻﻳﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫‪USB‬‬ ‫‪GM System Level 1‬‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺍﺧﺗﺻﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﻗﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﻋﺑﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫”‪ “GM System Level 1‬ﻫﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺿﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ GM‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ”ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺑﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ“ )ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺯﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺩﻗﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻭﻟﺩ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ‪ ،GM‬ﺑﻐﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺿﺎﻑ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪ GM‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ‪.GM System Level‬‬

‫)‪Style File Format (SFF‬‬


‫ﺗﺩﻣﺞ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‬ ‫‪XGlite‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻥ ‪ Yamaha‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﺳﻣﻬﺎ‪ “XGlite” ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣﺑﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﻭﻟﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ‪ XG‬ﻋﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ‪ .Yamaha‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ‪ XG‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﻭﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ‪.XGlite‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺗﺫﻛﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺗﺩﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗّﻳﺏ ﻛﺳﺟﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻡ ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﺍء ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻄﺮاز‬

‫اﻟﺮﻗﻢ اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ‬

‫)‪(bottom_ar_01‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 5 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫الرجاء قراءة ھذه التنبيھات بعناية‬
‫ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﻥ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ إﻟﻰ ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد ‪AC‬‬

‫تنبيه‬ ‫تحذير‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺑﻠﻭﻍ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬ ‫• ﺗﻡ ﺗﺻﻣﻳﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻻﺕ ‪Yamaha‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣﻠﻪ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺩﺛﺕ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻭء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳُﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻷﻱ ﻏﺭﺽ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ً‬ ‫• ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳُﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻳﺋﺎﺕ ﺭﻁﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﻣﺗﺻﻼً ﺑﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ ،AC‬ﻋﻧﺩﺋ ٍﺫ ﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺗﺳﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ AC‬ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟـ ‪PSR-A350‬‬

‫تحذير‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ داﺋﻤﺎ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮدة ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺘﺠﻨﺐ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺠﺮوح ﺧﻄﻴﺮة أو ﺣﺘﻰ اﻟﻮﻓﺎة ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺻﻌﻘﺔ آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو ﺗﻤﺎس آﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ أو أﺿﺮار أو ﻧﺎر أو ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ أﺧﺮى‪ .‬وﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‬
‫ﻻ اﻟﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮات ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮد ‪AC‬‬


‫• ﻻ ﺗُﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻁﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ‬
‫ﺭﻁﻭﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻠﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻓﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻭﻋﻳﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﻫﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺭﻳﺭ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻓﺋﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗ َﺛﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺭﻁﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺛﻘﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻭﻗﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﺅﻭﺱ( ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺳﻳﺗﺿﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ً‬ ‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻭﻟﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ .AC‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ ﺑﻔﺣﺹ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻓﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻁﺑﻭﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺅﻫﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪.Yamaha‬‬ ‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (48‬ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﻣﻁﻠﻘًﺎ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺯﻋﻪ ﺑﺄﻳ ٍﺩ ﻣﺑﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻁﺊ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﺛﻡ ﺃﺯﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺑﺎﺭ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻛﻡ ﻓﻭﻗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻈﺮ اﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫• ﺗﺣﻭﻱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﻟﻳﺳﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻔﺗﺢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﻛﻳﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻭﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻁﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻭﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻓﺣﺻﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗِﺑﻝ ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺅﻫﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪.Yamaha‬‬ ‫ً‬

‫‪DMI-5‬‬ ‫‪1/3‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬
‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 6 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ً ﻋﻥ ﻣﺗﻧﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻳﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻳﻘﻭﻣﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺑﺗﻼﻋﻬﺎ‬


‫• ﺃﺑ ِ‬
‫ﻓﺟﺄﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮات ﺑﺸﺄن اﻟﻨﺎر‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺩﺙ ﺗﺳﺭﻳﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺩﺛﺕ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺗﺣﺗﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻟﻠﺷﻲء ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﻣﺳﺔ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻳﻧﻳﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻣﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺩﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﻐﺳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﻘﻁ ﻭﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﺣﺭﻳﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺷﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﺑًﺎ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺁﻛﻠﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺻﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻛﻳﻣﻳﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫إذا وﺟﺪت أي ﺷﻲء ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي‬ ‫• ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻧﺑﻳﻬﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺟﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺧﻭﻧﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺭﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﺭﺍ ﺛﻡ‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ً‬
‫ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ‪) .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺑﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻛﻛﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺗﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ (.‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻓﺣﺻﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺑﻝ ﻓﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺅﻫﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪.Yamaha‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﺗﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻣﻣﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻬﺗﺭﺋًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﻟﻔًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻖ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺑﺎﺑﻳﺱ‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺃﺑ ِ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺑﻌﺙ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﻏﺭﻳﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺧﺎﻧًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻘﻁ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (48‬ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻳﺧﺗﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺭﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺻﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﺩﻭ ًﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺏ ‪.+/-‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،Ni-MH‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺷﺣﻥ‪.‬‬

‫•‬
‫تنبيه‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊ داﺋﻤًﺎ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺪرﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ إﺻﺎﺑﺘﻚ أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ اﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺠﺮوح أو ﺗﻠﻒ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ أو‬
‫اﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى‪ .‬وﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ هﺬﻩ اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﻻ اﻟﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺭﻛﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻠﻭﻍ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣﻠﻪ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺩﺛﺕ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻭء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮد ‪AC‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺳﺭﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬‫ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ً‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻭﺻﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻣﺎ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺹ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻣﺳﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﻭﻟﻳﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ‪ .‬ﺳﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﺭﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺻﺻﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫• ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺩ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺻﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻋﺭﺿﺔً ﻟﻠﺳﻘﻭﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻣﻳﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻗﺑﻝ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻠﺔ ﺟﻣﻳﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻑ ﻟﻠﻛﺎﺑﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻷﻱ ﺷﺧﺹ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻌﺛﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳًﺎ ﺑﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪DMI-5‬‬ ‫‪2/3‬‬
‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 7 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫• ﻻ ﺗﺭﺗﻛﺯ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﻭﺯﻧﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﺛﻘﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻣﻔﺭﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻼﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺣﻮل اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗُﺩﺧﻝ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﺎ ٍﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺳﺑﺏ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻧًﺎ ﻛﻠﻳًﺎ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﺷﻳﺎء ﻭﺭﻗﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺩﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗﺣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻊ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺳﺳﺕ ﺑﻔﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻧﻳﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺫﻧﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺗﻙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻵﺧﺭﻳﻥ ﺑﺟﺭﻭﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﺣﻣﻝ ‪ Yamaha‬ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺅﻭﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺳ ِﻳّﺊ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﺣﺩﺍﺙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻣﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬


‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ] [ )‪ (Standby/On‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻌﺩﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺳﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺳﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﺍﻟﺟﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺧﻠﺹ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫معلومات‬ ‫إنذار‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻮل ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ واﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺳﻭء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻑ‬
‫• ﻳﺣﻅﺭ ﺗﻣﺎ ًﻣﺎ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳًﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻣﺗﻠﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻼﺣﻅﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺣﺻﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺷﺧﺻﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ‬آﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫• ﻳﺩﻣﺞ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻭﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻣﺗﻠﻙ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Yamaha‬ﺣﻘﻭﻕ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺷﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﺧﻳﺹ ﻣﻌﻁﻰ ﻟـ ‪ Yamaha‬ﺑﺣﻖ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺇﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﺗﻠﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺭﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻁﺑﻘًﺎ ﻟﻘﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺣﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﺷﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻔﺯﻳﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺩﻳﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻳﺣﺩﺛﻭﺍ ﺿﺟﻳﺟًﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻧﻳﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳُﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺣﻔﻅ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPhone‬ﺃﻭ ‪iPad‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻅﻝ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ‪ ،iPod touch‬ﻓﻧﺣﻥ ﻧﻭﺻﻲ ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ”‪ “Airplane Mode‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺷﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺑﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺑﻳﺭﺓ ﻟﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ”‪ “ON‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺟﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻭﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﻭﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﻭﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ WAVE‬ﻭﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺭﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻔﺭﻁ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﻭﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺭﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻔﺭﻁﺔ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺳﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﺭ( ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﺣﺗﻣﺎﻝ ﺗﺷﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫* ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻁ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﺑﺕ‪) .‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺭﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺯﻡ ﺗﺻﺭﻳﺢ ﻣﻥ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪Yamaha Corporation‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺗﻣﺩ‪ 40 – 5 :‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺋﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ 104 – 41‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺛﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺕ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻮل اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‪/‬اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ ﻣﻭﺍﺩ ﻓﻳﻧﻳﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻼﺳﺗﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻁﺎﻁﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪،‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻳﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻳﺭ ﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺭﺗﻳﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺑﻧﻔﺱ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻮل هﺬا اﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ‬ ‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻳﺔ ﻭﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ‪ LCD‬ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﺧﻔﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺫﻳﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺣﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻭﺍﺋﻝ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻑ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻣﺷﺔ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﺷﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻣﺣﻠﻭﻝ ﻛﻳﻣﻳﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺗﺑﺭ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ‪ iPhone‬ﻭ‪ iPad‬ﻭ‪ iPod‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺣﻔﻅ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (46‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫‪ ،Apple Inc.‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺣﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺭﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺑﻠﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻔﻭﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺳﺑﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻁﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺧﻁﺄ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﻡ ﺑﺣﻔﻅ‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻛﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(46‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻛﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪DMI-5‬‬ ‫‪3/3‬‬
‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬
‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 8 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ واﻷﻃﺮاف‬


‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬

‫اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫‪q‬‬
‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬ ‫‪i‬‬

‫‪t‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪o‬‬


‫‪w‬‬
‫‪u‬‬ ‫‪!0‬‬

‫‪!1‬‬ ‫‪!2‬‬ ‫‪!3‬‬ ‫‪!4‬‬ ‫‪!5‬‬ ‫‪!6‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎع‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻷﺻﻮات‬


‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(71‬‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(72‬‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(15‬‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(60‬‬

‫‪#1‬‬ ‫‪#0‬‬

‫‪@9‬‬

‫‪C1‬‬ ‫‪C2‬‬ ‫‪C3‬‬ ‫‪C4‬‬ ‫‪C5‬‬ ‫‪C6‬‬

‫‪!7‬‬ ‫‪@0‬‬ ‫‪@5‬‬


‫‪@6‬‬
‫‪!8‬‬
‫‪@7‬‬
‫‪!9‬‬ ‫‪@8‬‬

‫‪@1‬‬ ‫‪@2‬‬ ‫‪@3‬‬ ‫‪@4‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 9 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ‬

‫اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫] [ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح )‪ .......................... (Standby/On‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪13‬‬ ‫‪q‬‬


‫ﻗﺮص ]‪ ...................... [MASTER VOLUME‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪13‬‬ ‫‪w‬‬
‫زر ]‪ .............................................. [DEMO‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪30‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬
‫‪#2‬‬ ‫‪#3‬‬ ‫‪#4‬‬ ‫زر ]‪ ...................................... [FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪42‬‬ ‫‪r‬‬
‫زر ]‪ ................................. [METRONOME‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪19‬‬ ‫‪t‬‬
‫زر ]‪ .................................... [TEMPO/TAP‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪26‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬


‫‪PART u‬‬
‫زر ]‪ .......................................................[L‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪35‬‬
‫‪#5‬‬ ‫‪#6‬‬ ‫زر ]‪ ...................................................... [R‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪35‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬


‫‪ u‬زر ]‪ ................................. [REC TRACK 2‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪37‬‬
‫زر ]‪ ................................. [REC TRACK 1‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪37‬‬

‫‪ i‬زر ]‪ ....................... [KEYS TO SUCCESS‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪33‬‬


‫‪ o‬زر ]‪ ........................... [PHRASE REPEAT‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪36‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ]‪ ..................................... [SUSTAIN‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪12‬‬ ‫‪#2‬‬ ‫‪ !0‬زر ]‪[1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ]‪ ............................ *[USB TO HOST‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪46‬‬ ‫‪#3‬‬ ‫‪ ...............................................................‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪35‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ]‪ ......................................... [AUX IN‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪32‬‬ ‫‪#4‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ]‪ ...................... [PHONES/OUTPUT‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪12‬‬ ‫‪#5‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ‪ ............................................. DC IN‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪10‬‬ ‫‪#6‬‬ ‫‪ !1‬زر ]‪ ................................... [A-B REPEAT‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪31‬‬
‫* ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”‪“Computer-related Operations‬‬ ‫‪ !2‬زر ]‪ ................................................ [REW‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪30‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻛﺑﻝ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﻉ ‪ AB‬ﻁﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻗﻝ ﻣﻥ ‪ 3‬ﺃﻣﺗﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ !3‬زر ]‪ .................................................... [FF‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪30‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻝ ﻛﺑﻼﺕ ‪.USB 3.0‬‬
‫‪ !4‬زر ]‪ ............................................. [PAUSE‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪30‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎع‬


‫‪ !1‬زر ]‪ ................................ [ACMP ON/OFF‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪24‬‬
‫‪ !2‬زر ]‪ ......................... [INTRO/ENDING/rit.‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪25‬‬
‫‪ !3‬زر ]‪ ............................ [MAIN/AUTO FILL‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪25‬‬
‫‪ !4‬زر ]‪ .................................. [SYNC START‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪24‬‬

‫زر ]‪ ........................... [START/STOP‬ﺻﻔﺣﺎﺕ ‪29 ،24‬‬ ‫‪!5‬‬


‫زر ]‪ ................................................. [REC‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪37‬‬ ‫‪!6‬‬
‫زر ]‪ .............................................. [SONG‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪29‬‬ ‫‪!7‬‬
‫زر ]‪ .............................................. [VOICE‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪16‬‬ ‫‪!8‬‬
‫زر ]‪ ............................................. [STYLE‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪24‬‬ ‫‪!9‬‬
‫أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ]‪ ،[9]–[0‬و]‪ ،[+‬و]‪ ..................... [-‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪15‬‬ ‫‪@0‬‬
‫زر ]‪[ORIENTAL INSTRUMENT/PIANO‬‬ ‫‪@1‬‬
‫‪ ...............................................................‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪16‬‬
‫زر ]‪ ................... [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪14‬‬ ‫‪@2‬‬
‫زر ]‪ ................ [MELODY SUPPRESSOR‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪32‬‬ ‫‪@3‬‬
‫زر ]‪ ...........................[REGIST MEMORY‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪40‬‬ ‫‪@4‬‬
‫زر ]‪ ............................................... [DUAL‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪17‬‬ ‫‪@5‬‬
‫زر ]‪ ...............................................[SPLIT‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪17‬‬ ‫‪@6‬‬
‫رﻣﺰ ”اﻟﻀﻐﻂ & اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ“‬ ‫زر ]‪ .................. [HARMONY/ARPEGGIO‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪20‬‬ ‫‪@7‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﺩﻳﻠﺔ‬ ‫زر ]‪ ............................................ [TOUCH‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪18‬‬ ‫‪@8‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﺮص ]‪ ............................... [PITCH BEND‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪18‬‬ ‫‪@9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أزرار ]‪ ......................... [SCALE SETTING‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪22‬‬ ‫‪#0‬‬
‫أزرار ]‪ ......................... [SCALE MEMORY‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪23‬‬ ‫‪#1‬‬

‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 10 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫اﻹﻋﺪاد‬

‫‪ ‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد ‪AC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬


‫ﻟﺩﻯ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﻗﺎﺑﺳًﺎ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً ﻳﺟﺏ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﺟﺄﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪،AC‬‬ ‫ﺑﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ ﺳﻼﻣﺗﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﺻﻲ ﺷﺭﻛﺔ ‪ Yamaha‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪AC‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻣﻛﻧًﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﻏﻳﺭ ﺿﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺋﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫أﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ اﻟﺬي ﺗﻢ إزاﻟﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد ‪AC‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺳﺗﻧﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻣﺱ ﺍﻟﺟﺯء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺩﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺳﻣﻊ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺘﺮدد ‪AC‬‬
‫ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ )ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ‬
‫• استعمل المحول المحدد في )صفحة ‪ (48‬فقط‪ .‬يمكن أن ينتج عن استعمال المحول‬
‫الخاطئ تلف اآللة الموسيقية أو ارتفاع درجة حرارتھا‪.‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ﻭﺻﻝ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪) DC IN‬ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ(‪.‬‬


‫ﺣﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺿﻊ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪.AC‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• عند تركيب المنتج‪ ،‬تأكد من إمكانية بلوغ مأخذ التيار المتردد ‪ AC‬الذي تستعمله‬
‫* ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺷﻛﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫بسھولة إذا حدثت أي مشكلة أو سوء تشغيل‪ ،‬فقم بإيقاف تشغيل مفتاح الطاقة فورًا‬
‫وافصل القابس من مأخذ التيار‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫• تأكد من توصيل القابس بمحول التيار المتردد ‪ .AC‬يمكن أن يتسبب استخدم القابس‬
‫بمفرده في صعقة كھربائية أو حريق‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ‪DC IN‬‬
‫• ال تلمس الجزء المعدني أبدًا عند توصيل القابس‪ .‬تأكد أيضًا من عدم وجود غبار بين‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(9‬‬
‫محول التيار المتردد والقابس‪ ،‬لتجنب الصعق الكھربائي‪ ،‬أو انقطاع التيار‪ ،‬أو التلف‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪3‬‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪AC‬‬ ‫ﻣﺄﺧﺫ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪AC‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• اتبع تلك اإلجراءات بطريقة عكسية من أجل لفصل محول التيار المتردد ‪ AC‬بعد فصل‬
‫الطاقة‪.‬‬
‫• سوف تستمد الطاقة تلقائيًا من محول التيار المتردد ‪ AC‬إذا تم توصيله بالجھاز في أثناء‬
‫تركيب البطاريات في الجھاز‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 11 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت‬


‫• ال يمكن لھذه اآللة الموسيقية شحن البطاريات‪ .‬استخدم الشاحن المحدد فقط عند الشحن‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺗﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺳﺗﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ )‪ ،(AA‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺗﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫• سوف تستمد الطاقة تلقائيًا من محول التيار المتردد إذا تم توصيله بالجھاز في أثناء تركيب‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ،(LR6‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺗﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺟﻧﻳﺯ )‪ ،(R6‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﺗﺔ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﻳﻛﻝ‪-‬‬
‫البطاريات في الجھاز‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻳﺩﺭﻳﺩ )ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ Ni-MH‬ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﺣﻥ(‪ .‬ﻳﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪ Ni-MH‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﺣﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻧﻅﺭﺍ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺳﺑﺏ ﺿﻌﻔًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ )ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﺣﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻻ( ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪) 061‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(44‬‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺗﺮآﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻓﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• الفشل في ضبط نوع البطارية قد يقلل مقدار عمر البطارية‪ .‬تأكد من ضبط نوع البطارية‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺣﺟﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﻁﺢ ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫بشكل صحيح‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻠﺷﺭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 4‬ﺿﻊ ﻏﻁﺎء ﺣﺟﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺗﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬
‫• قد يؤدي توصيل محول التيار المتردد في أثناء تركيب البطاريات أو فصله إلى فصل‬
‫الطاقة‪ ،‬ويتسبب في فقدان البيانات التي يتم تسجيلھا أو نقلھا في ھذا الوقت‪.‬‬
‫• قم بتغيير إعدادات اآللة الموسيقية وفقًا لنوع البطارية التي تستخدمھا )نوع البطارية؛‬
‫صفحة ‪.(44‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﻳﺣﻭﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻧﺧﻔﺽ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﻳَﺻﺩُﺭ ﻣﺗﻘﻁﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﻣﺷﻛﻼﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺷﺣﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 12 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬

‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ]‪[SUSTAIN‬‬ ‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ”‪1/4‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ”‪ “sustain‬ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ )‪FC5/FC4A‬؛ ﻳﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ”‪1/4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ]‪.[SUSTAIN‬‬
‫ﻟﺿﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺭﻳﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﻛﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪.‬‬
‫• تأكد من توصيل قابس موجه التحكم القدمي بمقبس ]‪ [SUSTAIN‬بشكل صحيح قبل‬
‫تشغيل الطاقة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ]‪ [PHONES/OUTPUT‬ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻛﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫• ال تضغط على موجه التحكم القدمي في أثناء تشغيل الطاقة‪ .‬يؤدي ھذا الفعل إلى تغيير‬ ‫ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ]‪ [PHONES/OUTPUT‬ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻭﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺿﺧﻡ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫القطبية المعروفة لموجه التحكم القدمي‪ ،‬ما يتسبب في عكس عملية موجه التحكم القدمي‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺯﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫• ال تؤثر خاصية التمديد الصوتي ”‪ “sustain‬على األصوات الفاصلة ) صفحة ‪(17‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺧﻁ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫واإليقاع )العزف المصاحب التلقائي؛ صفحة ‪.(24‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ال تستعمل اآللة الموسيقية‪/‬الجھاز أو سماعات الرأس لمدة طويلة من الوقت بمستوى‬
‫صوت عالٍ أو غير مريح‪ ،‬ألن ذلك يمكن أن يسبب فقدانًا كليًا لحاسة السمع‪ .‬إذا أحسست‬
‫بفقدان حاسة السمع أو رنين في األذنين‪ ،‬فقم باستشارة الطبيب‪.‬‬
‫• قبل توصيل اآللة الموسيقية بمكونات إلكترونية أخرى‪ ،‬اضبط مستويات الصوت على‬
‫أدنى مستوى‪ ،‬ثم افصل الطاقة عن جميع المكونات‪.‬‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬
‫• عند إخراج صوت اآللة الموسيقية إلى الجھاز الخارجي‪ ،‬قم أوالً بتشغيل الطاقة لآللة‬
‫الموسيقية‪ ،‬ثم الجھاز الخارجي‪ .‬اعكس ھذا الترتيب عندما توقف التشغيل‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• عند توصيل اآللة الموسيقية بمكبر صوت خارجي أو سماعات رأس‪ ،‬فنحن نوصي‬
‫بتحديد نوع سماعة الرأس ”‪) “Headphon‬سماعات الرأس( في المعادل الرئيسي‬
‫)‪ .(Master EQ‬للتفاصيل‪ ،‬راجع ”تحديد إعدادات المعادل )‪ (EQ‬للحصول علي أفضل‬
‫صوت“ في صفحة ‪.14‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 13 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬

‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬


‫ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺧﻔﺽ ﻗﺭﺹ ]‪ [MASTER VOLUME‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ”‪.“MIN‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺗﺭﺓ ﺯﻣﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻫﻭ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﺮق ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬


‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫[ )‪ (Standby/On‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺯﻑ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ]‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ”‪“AutoOff‬‬ ‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻗﺭﺹ ]‪.[MASTER VOLUME‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪060‬؛ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (44‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ [-‬ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬ ‫[ )‪ (Standby/On‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‪ ،(OFF) :‬ﺑﻌﺩ ﻣﺿﻲ ‪) 120 ،60 ،30 ،15 ،10 ،5‬ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ(‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ‪) 30 :‬ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ(‬
‫• عند استخدام محول التيار المتردد ‪ ،AC‬حتى عند إيقاف تشغيل الطاقة‪ ،‬يتم استھالك‬
‫مقدار صغير من الكھرباء بواسطة اآللة الموسيقية‪ .‬في حالة عدم استعمال اآللة‬
‫‪ ‬ﻟﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫الموسيقية لمدة طويلة‪ ،‬تأكد من فصل محول التيار المتردد من مأخذ التيار المتردد‬
‫[ )‪(Standby/On‬‬ ‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ]‬ ‫الجداري‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺟﺩﺩًﺍ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ”ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ“ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪) 060‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(44‬‬
‫ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻗﺭﺹ ]‪ [MASTER VOLUME‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﺎﻣﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يتم االحتفاظ عادة بالبيانات واإلعدادات حتى عند إيقاف تشغيل الطاقة‪ .‬لمزيد من‬
‫التفاصيل‪ ،‬راجع صفحة ‪.46‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬
‫• ال تستخدم الصوت العالي لھذه اآللة الموسيقية لفترة طويلة‪ ،‬وإال قد يتضرر سمعك‪.‬‬
‫• قد ال يتوقف تشغيل الطاقة تلقائيًا حتى بعد انقضاء المدة المحددة من الوقت‪ ،‬اعتمادًا‬
‫على حالة الجھاز‪ .‬قم بفصل الطاقة يدويًا دائمًا عند عدم استخدام اآللة الموسيقية‪.‬‬
‫• في حالة عدم تشغيل اآللة الموسيقية لفترة زمنية محددة أثناء توصيلھا بجھاز خارجي‬
‫مثل مضخم الصوت‪ ،‬أو مكبر الصوت‪ ،‬أو الكمبيوتر‪ ،‬تأكد من اتباع التعليمات في كتيّب‬
‫المالك إليقاف تشغيل الطاقة لآللة الموسيقية واألجھزة المتصلة‪ ،‬من أجل حماية األجھزة‬
‫من التلف‪ .‬إذا أردت عدم إيقاف تشغيل الطاقة تلقائيًا أثناء اتصال جھاز‪ ،‬فقم بتعطيل‬
‫إيقاف تشغيل الطاقة تلقائيًا‪.‬‬

‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 14 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬

‫ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﺗﺳﺎﻋًﺎ )ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (EQ‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﺟﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻙ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (EQ‬ﺃﻓﺿﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺣﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﻧﺣﻙ ﺍﻹﺣﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﺳﻣﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺃﻧﻅﻣﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ—ﻣﻛﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻅﺎﻡ ﺗﻛﺑﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻔﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪[ULTRA-WIDE STEREO‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ”‪“039 MasterEQ‬‬
‫)اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪039‬؛ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(43‬‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪GrandPno‬‬ ‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﺛﻡ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ”‪ “MasterEQ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪(EQ‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ‬


‫ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪MasterEQ‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺣﻭﻟﻙ—ﻛﻣﺎ ﻟﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻛﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬ ‫‪039‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [ULTRA-WIDE STEREO‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Speaker‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ اﻻﺗﺴﺎع‪:‬‬ ‫‪039‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ”‪“Wide‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪040‬؛ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،(43‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪(EQ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺰر ]‪ [+‬أو ]‪ [-‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع اﻟﻤﻌﺎدل )‪ (EQ‬اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﻌﺎدل )‪ (EQ‬اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻣﻛﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫‪Speaker‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﻋﺑﺭ‬
‫‪Headphone‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻛﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﺑﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻗﻭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Boost‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺛﻝ ﻷﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Piano‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪Bright‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻭﺿﻭﺣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻣﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫‪Mild‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻧﻌﻭﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 15 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ واﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ\اﻟﺼﻮت\اﻹﻳﻘﺎع‬ ‫إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺪرس‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف\اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻛﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ...‬ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(33‬‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(18‬‬
‫‪ ...‬ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(14‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(36‬‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺭﻳﺭ‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(24‬‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (34‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺱ‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻝ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(17‬‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺯﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(17‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(20‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (28‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺣﺩﺩﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(39‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• أي نوتات موسيقية تحدث تحت أو فوق المقياس يشار‬
‫إليھا بـ ”‪“.8va‬‬
‫• قد ال تظھر كل النوتات الموسيقية لبعض النغمات‬
‫المتآلفة‪ ،‬بسبب قلة المساحة على الشاشة‪.‬‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪GrandPno‬‬
‫‪003‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎس أو اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ‬


‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺯﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪) [FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (42‬ﻗﻳﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (24‬ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ‬
‫‪003 027‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إﻳﻘﺎع‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬


‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻓﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺩﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺎر اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ—ﺳﻭﺍء ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻭﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(38 ،31‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻲء‪ :‬ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻀﻲء‪ :‬ﺗﻡ ﻛﺗﻡ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• تظھر النوتة الموسيقية التي يتم إدخالھا بواسطة لوحة المفاتيح فقط‪ .‬لذا‪ ،‬لبعض المكونات الخاصة‬
‫وﻣﻴﺾ‪ :‬ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻛﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬ ‫باألغنية المحددة والصوت الرئيسي‪ ،‬قد ال تظھر جميع النوتات الموسيقية أثناء تشغيل األغنية‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ‬


‫ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻭﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬اﻷزرار ]‪ [-‬و]‪[+‬‬ ‫‪ ‬أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم‬


‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﺟﻳﺯﺓ ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ،1‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻧﺻﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻳﺯﺓ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻳﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺑﺻﻔﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺭﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺫﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻠﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺟﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ‪.‬‬
‫مثال‪ :‬تحديد الصوت ‪ ،003‬قيثارة‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﺟﻳﺯﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﺟﻳﺯﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪ ،[0‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ ،[0‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ ،[3‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[3‬‬

‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 16 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﻮ‪ ،‬واﻷرﻏﻦ‪ ،‬واﻵﻻت اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ذات ﻟﻮﺣﺎت اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ”اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ“ اﻷﺧﺮى‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﻷﺻﻮات اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ اﻵﻻت اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﺠﻴﺘﺎر‪ ،‬واﻟﺒﺎص‪ ،‬واﻵﻻت اﻟﻮﺗﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺴﺎآﺲ‪،‬‬
‫واﻟﺘﺮوﻣﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬واﻵﻻت اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬وﺁﻻت اﻟﻨﻘﺮ‪ ،‬وﺣﺘﻰ اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ— ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻨﺤﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﺻﻮات اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫إﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬


‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻲ )ﻋﺰف اﻷﺻﻮات‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ]‪.[VOICE‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ(‬ ‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﺳﻣﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ]‪.[ORIENTAL INSTRUMENT/PIANO‬‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪GrandPno‬‬
‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫‪230‬‬ ‫‪Oud‬‬ ‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺽ‬
‫ﻫﻧﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪.[VOICE‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪) “Oud” 230‬ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩ( ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻛﺻﻭﺕ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪.‬‬


‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• إذا تم اختيار الصوت ‪) “Oud” 230‬العود( بالفعل‪ ،‬فإن الضغط على الزر يحدد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ]‪ [-] ،[+] ،[9]–[0‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺼﻮت‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫الصوت ‪ .“Grand Piano” 001‬في ھذه الحالة‪ ،‬اضغط على الزر مرة أخرى‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.60‬‬

‫ﻋﺰف ﺻﻮت ‪Grand Piano‬‬ ‫‪096‬‬ ‫‪Flute‬‬


‫ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﻭ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻗﻁﻌﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺳﻳﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻓﻠﻭﺕ ‪096‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ]‪،[ORIENTAL INSTRUMENT/PIANO‬‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪“Grand Piano” 001‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻋﺰف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪GrandPno‬‬
‫ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪“Grand Piano” 001‬‬
‫ﻛﺻﻭﺕ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ‬
‫‪،176–001‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪274–230‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻭﺁﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪209–177‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﺭﻑ‬
‫)ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺟﻣﻳﻌًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.66‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬
‫‪229–210‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(20‬‬
‫ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ‪) XGlite‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(63‬‬ ‫‪613–275‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ واﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﻠﻣﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻼﺋﻣﺔً ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻙ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻋًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ )ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﺧﻠﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ‬ ‫‪000‬‬
‫]‪ .([AUX IN‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ”‪ “000‬ﻟﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 17 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺰف ﺻﻮت ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﻴﺪ‬ ‫وﺿﻊ ﻃﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺰدوج‬


‫اﻟﻴﺴﺮى‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭﻩ ”ﺻﻭﺗًﺎ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟًﺎ“‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺻﻭ ٍ‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑٍ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ]‪ [DUAL‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺰدوج‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [SPLIT‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﻘﺳﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪GrandPno‬‬

‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪GrandPno‬‬ ‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬

‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‬

‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪(F#2) 054 :‬‬


‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻭﺗﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪036‬‬ ‫‪048‬‬ ‫‪060‬‬ ‫‪072‬‬ ‫‪084‬‬ ‫‪096‬‬


‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ زر ]‪ [DUAL‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫)‪(C1‬‬ ‫)‪(C2‬‬ ‫)‪(C3‬‬ ‫)‪(C4‬‬ ‫)‪(C5‬‬ ‫)‪(C6‬‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺰدوج‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺻﻮت ﻣﺰدوج ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﺳﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺯﻑ ”ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ“ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﻣﻼﺋﻡ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪[Dual‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ”‪) “D.Voice‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ،027‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،(43‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻳٌﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ”ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ“‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ]‪ ،[9]–[0‬ﻭ]‪ ،[+‬ﻭ]‪.[-‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪007‬؛ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (42‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ‪.F#2‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [SPLIT‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺻﻮت ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [Split‬ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ”‪“S.Voice‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪031‬؛ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،(43‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ]‪،[9]–[0‬‬
‫ﻭ]‪ ،[+‬ﻭ]‪.[-‬‬

‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 18 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬

‫إﻋﺪاد ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف اﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬ ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻓﻲ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‬


‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﻜﺮة ﺿﺒﻂ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪GrandPno‬‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ]‪ [PITCH BEND‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺯﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﻟﺧﻔﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺳﺗﻌﻭﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺳﻁ ﻭﺳﺗﻌﻭﺩ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يتعذر استخدام وظيفة االستجابة للمس مع بعض األصوات )مثل‪ :‬األرغن(‪ ،‬حتى إذا‬
‫ظھرت أيقونة االستجابة للمس على الشاشة‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﻘﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [TOUCH‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺻﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻃﺒﻘﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﺑﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [TOUCH‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 006‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(42‬‬

‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬ ‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ”‪ “2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺻﻭﻻً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺳﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬
‫ﻲ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ )ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺩﻭﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ‬
‫ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﺻﻔ ّ‬
‫)ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ(‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻭﻻً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺳﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﺍﻧﺧﻔﺎﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 008‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻣﻣﻛﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺳﻪ )ﻧﺻﻔ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ”‪ ،“12‬ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪ +/-1‬ﺃﻭﻛﺗﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 19 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺼﻮت‬ ‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺼﻮت‬


‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﺗﺣﺳﻳﻥ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺃﻭﻛﺗﺎﻑ )ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻔﻝ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺛﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ( ﻭﻋﻣﻖ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ﻟﻸﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬اﻟﺼﺪى‬
‫ﻁﺎ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﻳﺟﻌﻠﻙ ﺗﺷﻌﺭ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﺄﻧﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﺩٍ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺿﻳﻑ ﻣﺣﻳ ً‬
‫ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺼﻮت )ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪ ،‬اﻷوآﺘﺎف‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻖ اﻟﻜﻮرس(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺃﻧﺳﺏ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬ ‫• ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪026–024‬‬
‫ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 035‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ .(43‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺿﺑﻁ‬ ‫• ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺰدوج‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪030–028‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 036‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(43‬‬ ‫• ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪034–032‬‬

‫‪‬اﻟﻜﻮرس‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬


‫ﻳﺟﻌﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺛﺭﺍ ًء‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻓﺋًﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﺳﺎﻋًﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(43‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺳﺏ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻋﺑﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 037‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(43‬‬
‫‪Panel Sustain‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ”‪ “Sustain‬ﻣﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪038‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻤﺘﺮوﻧﻮم‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،(43‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺕ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺗﻣﻳﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺣﺗﻭﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ ﻣﺩﻣﺞ )ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺣﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ”‪ “Sustain‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺩﻗﻳﻘﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﺎﺭﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ )ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﺑﺎﻉ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً؛ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(12‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [METRONOME‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻤﺘﺮوﻧﻮم‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• حتى بعد تشغيلك لوظيفة ”‪ ،“Panel Sustain‬لن ينطبق التمديد الصوتي على بعض‬
‫األصوات‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [METRONOME‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻹﻳﻘﺎف‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫اﻟﻤﺘﺮوﻧﻮم‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺰف‪:‬‬


‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [TEMPO/TAP‬ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ]‪ ،[9]–[0‬ﻭ]‪ ،[+‬ﻭ]‪.[-‬‬

‫‪090‬‬ ‫‪Tempo‬‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﻭ]‪ [-‬ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ إﺷﺎرة اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪:‬‬


‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [METRONOME‬ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء‬
‫”‪) “TimeSigN‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ،051‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،(44‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻛﺫﻟﻙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻁﻭﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ”‪) “TimeSigD‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ ،052‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(44‬‬

‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻤﺘﺮوﻧﻮم‪:‬‬


‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 053‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(44‬‬

‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 20 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ زر ]‪[HARMONY/ARPEGGIO‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Harm/Arp‬اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪043‬؛‬ ‫إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺻﻮت ﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ أو ﺻﻮت ﺗﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (43‬ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ”‪“Harm/Arp‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺛﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪Harm/Arp‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫‪043‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ( ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﻋﺯﻓﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻳﺔ—ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻟﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻣﺱ—ﻭﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﻳﺯﺓ ﺑﺈﺑﺩﺍﻉ ﻟﻺﻧﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪Duet‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺩﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪043‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪[HARMONY/ARPEGGIO‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ]‪ ،[9]–[0‬و]‪ ،[+‬و]‪ [-‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻮع‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺂﻟﻔﻲ أو اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪74‬؛ ﻭﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫‪GrandPno‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.75‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• عند عزف أحد أنواع الصوت التتابعي من ‪ 143‬إلى ‪ ،178‬اختر واحدًا من‬ ‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫األصوات المخصصة التالية كصوت رئيسي‪.‬‬
‫‪ :173-143‬اختر مجموعة اآلالت اإليقاعية )صوت رقم ‪.(206-196‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ :(Arabic) 174‬اختر ”‪) “Arabic Kit 3‬صوت رقم ‪.(179‬‬
‫‪ :(Khaligi) 175‬اختر ”‪) “Khaligi Kit 1‬صوت رقم ‪.(181‬‬
‫‪ :(Maghrebi) 176‬اختر ”‪) “Arabic Mix Kit‬صوت رقم ‪.(180‬‬ ‫‪106‬‬ ‫‪Analogon‬‬
‫‪ :(Iranian) 177‬اختر ”‪) “Iranian Kit 1‬صوت رقم ‪.(186‬‬
‫‪ :(Turkish) 178‬اختر ”‪) “Turkish Kit 4‬صوت رقم ‪.(191‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ أو ﻧﻮﺗﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺂﻟﻔﻲ أو اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪.‬‬


‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺟﺯء ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﻲ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ )ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻼءﻣﺔً ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭﻩ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ 2‬ﻭ‪ 3‬ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ( ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﻋﺯﻓﻙ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪ .‬ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫• يمكن إضافة تأثير الصوت التآلفي إلى الصوت الرئيسي فقط‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫• عند اختيار رقم صوت بين ‪ 210‬و‪ ،229‬سوف يتم تشغيل وظيفة الصوت‬
‫التتابعي تلقائيًا‪.‬‬
‫• عند اختيار نوع الصوت التآلفي بين ‪ 001‬و‪ ،005‬سوف يتم إضافة تأثير الصوت‬
‫التآلفي إلى عزف اللحن على جانبك األيمن إذا قمت بتشغيل اإليقاع )صفحة ‪(24‬‬
‫وضغطت على النغمات المتآلفة في نطاق العزف المصاحب التلقائي على لوحة‬
‫المفاتيح‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺂﻟﻔﻲ أو اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪5‬‬


‫ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [HARMONY/ARPEGGIO‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 21 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬

‫اﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻘﺪﻣﻲ‬


‫آﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ(‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫• ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ‪ 001‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪005‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻘﺎﺑﺱ ]‪.[SUSTAIN‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪) “Pdl Func‬اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪046‬؛ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (44‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(24‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪“Pdl Func‬‬ ‫• ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ‪ 006‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) 012‬ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪Pdl Func‬‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺣﻳﻥ‪.‬‬


‫‪046‬‬ ‫• ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ‪ 013‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) 019‬ﺍﻻﻫﺗﺯﺍﺯ(‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Sustain‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪046‬‬ ‫• ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻣﻥ ‪ 020‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) 026‬ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ(‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ]‪ ،[3]–[1‬و]‪ ،[+‬و]‪ [-‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫”‪.“Arp Hold‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺗﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ ﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ”‪ .“Sustain‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻝ‬ ‫• ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻣﻥ ‪ 027‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪178‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ”‪.“Hold+Sus‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Arp Hold‬‬


‫ﺗﻧﻁﺑﻖ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫‪046‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺮب ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰف اﻟﺼﻮت‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﻟﻘﺪﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺳﺗﻣﺭ ﻋﺯﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﻧﻁﺑﻖ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺭﺭ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يتعذر تطبيق الصوت التتابعي على األصوات المنفصلة و الرئيسية‪/‬المزدوجة‬
‫في الوقت نفسه‪.‬‬
‫• يؤدي اختيار رقم صوت بين ‪ 210‬و‪ 222‬كصوت رئيسي إلى تشغيل الصوت‬
‫التتابعي والصوت المنفصل تلقائيًا‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪:‬‬


‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪044‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(43‬‬

‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪:‬‬


‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪045‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(43‬‬

‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 22 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻴﺰة اﻟﺴﻼﻟﻢ اﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ وﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺗﺎت اﻟﻤﺤﺪدة وﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ اﻟﺴﻼﻟﻢ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ أرﺑﻌﺔ إﻋﺪادات ﻟﻠﺴﻼﻟﻢ ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﻮري‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء اﻹﻋﺪادات ﻓﻲ أي وﻗﺖ—ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺰﻓﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪00‬‬ ‫‪Tune D‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺴﻼﻟﻢ اﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ‬


‫‪012‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪاد ﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﺕ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ”‪ “SCALE SETTING‬ﻣﻥ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺽ ﻁﺑﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ )ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ‪021–010‬؛‬ ‫ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 50‬ﺳﻧﺕ ﻟﺗﻛﻭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(42‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺣﺎﻛﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ )ﻣﻥ ‪ C‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.(B‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ اﻟﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [-]/[+‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻣﺩﻯ ﺑﻳﻥ ”‪ “-64‬ﺇﻟﻰ ”‪ “63‬ﺳﻧﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ﻟﻠﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺧﻔﺽ ﻁﺑﻘﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻳﺔ )ﻳﺿﻲء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ(‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ )‪ 0‬ﺳﻧﺕ(‪ .‬ﺗﺅﺛﺭ ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺣﻣﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺛﻣﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫‪‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷزرار ]‪ [+‬و]‪:[-‬‬ ‫• في المصطلحات الموسيقية ”سنت“ ھو ‪ 1/100‬من نصف النغمة )‪ 100‬سنت تساوي‬
‫ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﺃﻭ ]‪[-‬؛ ﺿﻐ ً‬
‫ﻁﺎ‬ ‫نصف نغمة واحدة(‪.‬‬
‫• ال تؤثر وظيفة إعداد السلم على بعض األصوات مثل أصوات مجموعة اآلالت اإليقاعية‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺗﻧﻘﻝ ﺳﺭﻳﻌًﺎ ﺑﻳﻥ‬ ‫مجموعة ‪ SFX‬وعزف األغنية‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ ،[-‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ اﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﻮﺗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• إلعادة ضبط القيمة فورً ا إلى إعدادھا االفتراضي )‪ 0‬سنت(‪ ،‬اضغط على األزرار‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ‪-1‬ﺳﻧﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [-‬و]‪ [+‬في الوقت نفسه‪.‬‬

‫‪‬اﻟﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫”‪ “note‬اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب )‪ (C–B‬ﻓﻲ اﻷزرار‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻳﻡ ﺳﺎﻟﺑﺔ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭﺓ ً‪ ،‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ‬
‫”‪.“SCALE SETTING‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻨﻮﺗﺎت اﻷﺧﺮى آﻤﺎ هﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬


‫ﻟﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺭﺍء‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺳﻭﻯ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ‪ 2-1‬ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪22‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 23 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ‬

‫اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺴﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﻒ اﻟﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻒ‬


‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺯﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺯﺭ ”‪SCALE‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫‪ “MEMORY‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺑﻣﺟﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪“TuneAcc” :009‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(42‬‬

‫‪oFF‬‬ ‫‪TuneAcc‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬ ‫‪009‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ [4]–[1] SCALE MEMORY‬ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻲء ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﺧﺗﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﻭﻳﻌﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ PSR-A350‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺴﻠﻢ‬


‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ )ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ”‪SCALE‬‬
‫‪ “SETTING‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ 021–009‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (42‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫”‪ “SCALE MEMORY‬ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺴﻠﻢ اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(22‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬


‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ‪SCALE‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫]‪ ،MEMORY [MEMORY‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺣﺪ أزرار‬
‫‪.[4]–[1] SCALE MEMORY‬‬

‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺿﻲء ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺩﻭﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺳﻳﺿﻲء ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ال تحاول أبدًا فصل الطاقة عند ظھور رسالة ”التدوين“ على الشاشة‪ .‬فقد يؤدي‬
‫ذلك إلى إتالف ذاكرة الفالش وفقدان البيانات‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يتم االحتفاظ ببيانات ذاكرة السلم في ذاكرة‪ ،‬حتى في حال فصل الطاقة‪.‬‬

‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 24 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮي هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﺰة اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰف ”اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎت“ اﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ )اﻹﻳﻘﺎع ‪ +‬اﻟﺒﺎص ‪ +‬ﻋﺰف اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ اﻟﻤﺮاﻓﻖ‬
‫اﻷورآﺴﺘﺮي(‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ آﺒﻴﺮة ﻣﻦ اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ واﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [SYNC START‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺪء‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ ،[STYLE‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻷزرار رﻗﻢ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺰاﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪ ،[9]–[0‬و]‪ ،[+‬و]‪ [-‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻹﻳﻘﺎع اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺗﻭﻓﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(72‬‬
‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪LoveSong‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﻭﻣﺿﺎﺕ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪139‬‬ ‫‪LoveSong‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ إﺣﺪى اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﻌﺰف اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺰف‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺯﻑ ﻟﺣﻧًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﻭﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[STYLE‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ“ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (27‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻗﺎﻣﻭﺱ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [ACMP ON/OFF‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺰف‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(28‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‬

‫‪139‬‬ ‫‪LoveSong‬‬

‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [START/STOP‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻌﺰف‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺻﺑﺢ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ )‪ :054‬ﻳﺻﺑﺢ ‪” (F#2‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ“‬
‫ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ “ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ”‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪(F#2) 054 :‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.25‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮزن اﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬


‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻐﻁﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪) [START/STOP‬ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬ ‫‪060‬‬ ‫‪072‬‬ ‫‪084‬‬ ‫‪096‬‬
‫‪036‬‬ ‫‪048‬‬
‫]‪ [ACMP ON/OFF‬ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ ،(2‬ﻓﺳﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫)‪(C1‬‬ ‫)‪(C2‬‬ ‫)‪(C3‬‬ ‫)‪(C4‬‬ ‫)‪(C5‬‬ ‫)‪(C6‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻷﻟﺣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺑﺄﻛﻣﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‬
‫• بما أنه ال يوجد لدى إيقاعات الفئة ‪ (204-210) Pianist‬أي أجزاء إيقاعية‪ ،‬فلن‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫يتم إصدار أي أصوات إذا بدأت في عزف اإليقاع فقط‪ .‬عند عزف ھذه اإليقاعات‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫تأكد من قيامك بالخطوات ‪ 4-2‬المذكورة في ھذه الصفحة‪.‬‬
‫”ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ“ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ ‪ F#2‬ﻋﺑﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 007‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(42‬‬

‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻹﻳﻘﺎع‬


‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻭﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 001‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(42‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 25 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎء اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ،‬اﻋﺰف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ وﻓﻘًﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات اﻹﻳﻘﺎع—اﻷﻗﺴﺎم‬
‫ﺍﻋﺯﻑ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻳﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﻟﺣﺎﻥ ﺑﻳﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬ ‫ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ”ﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ“ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺗﻧﻭﻳﻊ ﺗﻭﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [MAIN/AUTO FILL‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪ .‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﻟﻳﻁﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺯﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺩﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺛﺎﻻً ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺟﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،Fill-in‬ﺛﻡ ‪ A‬ﺃﻭ ‪ B‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﻳﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﺳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪FILL A≥B‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪.[INTRO/ENDING/rit.‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬


‫‪3–1‬‬
‫‪ENDING‬‬ ‫ﻣﻣﺎﺛﻝ ﻟﻠﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ‪ 3–1‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.24‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [MAIN/AUTO FILL‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪A‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬


‫ﻳﺗﺑﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻭﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ /‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ أو ‪ B‬اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺯﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺗﺩﺭﻳﺟﻳًﺎ‬
‫)‪ (ritardando‬ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [INTRO/ENDING/rit.‬ﻣﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪MAIN A‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪.[INTRO/ENDING/rit.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬


‫‪INTRO≥A‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺕ ﻣﺳﺗﻌﺩ ﻟﺑﺩء ﻋﺯﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﻥ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺩﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻋﺰف ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺑﻴﺪك اﻟﻴﺴﺮى ﻟﺒﺪء ﻋﺰف اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬


‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺯﻑ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ ‪) C‬ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ(‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺧﺻﻭﺹ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ“ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.27‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪(F#2) 054 :‬‬

‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪25‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 26 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻹﻳﻘﺎع‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺰف‬


‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻧﺷﺎﺅﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [TEMPO/TAP‬ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )ﻣﻠﻑ ”‪ “sty.‬ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻭ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،211-220‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺯﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ اﻹﻳﻘﺎع )‪ (***.sty‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ إﻟﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪090‬‬ ‫‪Tempo‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.Musicsoft Downloader‬‬ ‫ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻌﻠﻳﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻳﻝ ﺑﺗﻧﺳﻳﻖ ‪ PDF‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪“.Computer-related Operations” (2‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﻨﻘﺮ‬
‫”‪) “StyleReg‬اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪023‬؛ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(43‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺯﻑ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [TEMPO/TAP‬ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺻﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ ﻟﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫‪StyleReg‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺭ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [TEMPO/TAP‬ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ—ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ‪-4‬‬
‫‪023‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ‪-3‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺃﺣﺩ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[-‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪.[0‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬


‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻣﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻥ ﺗﺭﻏﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ ”*** ?‪“Load To‬‬
‫)***‪ (220–211 :‬ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﻣﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩ ًﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[-‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [0‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬


‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[-/NO‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [+/YES‬ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻓﻌﻠﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬


‫إﻧﺬار‬
‫• ال يمكن إلغاء عملية التسجيل أثناء التنفيذ‪ .‬ال تقم بإيقاف التشغيل أثناء العملية‪.‬‬
‫فقد يؤدي ذلك إلى فقدان البيانات‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ ،[STYLE‬ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣًﺎ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم‬ ‫‪6‬‬


‫]‪ ،[9]–[0‬و]‪ ،[+‬و]‪ [-‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻹﻳﻘﺎع اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ ،(220-211‬ﺛﻢ ﺟﺮب أن ﺗﻌﺰﻓﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 27 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻌﺰف اﻹﻳﻘﺎع‬


‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﻌﻣﻠﻳﻥ ﺣﺩﻳﺛﻲ ﻋﻬﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﻋﺯﻑ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺄﻟﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻧﺎﻙ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﺳﺎﻟﻳﺏ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻛﺗﺏ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺗﺟﺎﺭﻳًﺎ ﻟﻣﺯﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴﻠﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮي‬ ‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻠﻢ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮي‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻠﻢ اﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫‪CM 7‬‬ ‫‪Cm7‬‬ ‫‪C7‬‬ ‫‪Cm‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬

‫‪DM 7‬‬ ‫‪Dm7‬‬ ‫‪D7‬‬ ‫‪Dm‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫‪EM7‬‬ ‫‪Em7‬‬ ‫‪E7‬‬ ‫‪Em‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬

‫‪FM7‬‬ ‫‪Fm7‬‬ ‫‪F7‬‬ ‫‪Fm‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬


‫‪F‬‬

‫‪GM7‬‬ ‫‪Gm7‬‬ ‫‪G7‬‬ ‫‪Gm‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬

‫‪AM 7‬‬ ‫‪Am7‬‬ ‫‪A7‬‬ ‫‪Am‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬

‫‪BM 7‬‬ ‫‪Bm 7‬‬ ‫‪B7‬‬ ‫‪Bm‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫يمكن استخدام االنقالبات باإلضافة إلى موضع ”الجذر“—مع االستثناءات التالية‪:‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪sus2 ،(9)6 ،7b5 ،dim7 ،aug ،sus4 ،m6 ،6 ،m7b5 ،m7‬‬
‫لن يتم تمييز انقالب النغمات المتآلفة ‪ 7sus4‬و‪ (11)m7‬إذا تم حذف النوتات‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫يتم اإلشارة إلى النغمات المتآلفة ‪ Sus2‬عن طريق اسم الجذر فقط‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫عند عزف إحدى النغمات المتآلفة التي تعذر تمييزھا بواسطة اآللة الموسيقية‪ ،‬لن يظھر شيء على الشاشة‪ .‬في مثل ھذه الحالة‪ ،‬سوف يتم عزف اإليقاع ومقاطع الجھير فقط‪.‬‬ ‫•‬

‫اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺴﻬﻠﺔ‬


‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺻﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺑﻌﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﺬر ”‪“C‬‬
‫‪Cm 7‬‬ ‫‪C7‬‬ ‫‪Cm‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﺰف ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺰف إﺣﺪى اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺰف ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺰف ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ رﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﺑﻳﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ )‪ (‬ﻟﻠﻧﻐﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺳﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺳﺎﺭﻫﺎ )ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻣﻌًﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﺑﻳﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺳﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺃﺳﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺳﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 28 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ”‪ “G‬ﻛﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ‪.‬‬


‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪Dict.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻣﻮس اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻭﺱ ﻣﻔﻳﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﺭﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺗﻌﻠﻡ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﻋﺯﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﺳﺭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ”‪ “M7‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:2-2‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪1 LISTENING‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ [TIMING 3 WAITING 2‬ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪mM7‬‬ ‫)‪m7(9‬‬ ‫)‪7(b13‬‬ ‫‪7aug‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ”‪ “Dict.‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(9‬‬ ‫)‪m(9) m7b5 7(9‬‬ ‫‪dim7 7sus4‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪M7‬‬ ‫‪m6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪7(#9) 7(#11) aug‬‬ ‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪m7‬‬ ‫‪7(b9) 7(13) dim‬‬ ‫‪sus4‬‬

‫‪Dict.‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﻋﺯﻓﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ )ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﻭﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻘﺳﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﺍء ﻛﺈﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺩﻭﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ(‬ ‫• ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺟﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Dict.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻛﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫• ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺑﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻁﺎﻗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭﻳﻥ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻧﻐﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻗﺳﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ )ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‬ ‫ﻗﺳﻡ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ‬

‫ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻼﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻣﻛﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬


‫]‪.[-]/[+‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺻﻰ ﻳﻣﻳﻥ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫• حول النغمات المتآلفة الرئيسية‪ :‬تتم اإلشارة عادة إلى النغمات المتآلفة الرئيسية‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫البسيطة عن طريق جذر النوتة فقط‪ .‬على سبيل المثال‪ :‬يشير ”‪ “C‬إلى ”‪“C‬‬
‫الرئيسي‪ .‬ومع ذلك‪ ،‬عند تحديد نغمات متآلفة رئيسية ھنا‪ ،‬تأكد من اختيار ”‪“M‬‬
‫)الرئيسي( بعد الضغط على جذر النوتة‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺜﺎل‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻢ آﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺰف إﺣﺪى اﻟﻨﻐﻤﺎت اﻟﻤﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪) GM7‬اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ‪.(G‬‬
‫• ال تظھر ھذه النغمات المتآلفة في وظيفة قاموس النغمات المتآلفة‪،6(9) :‬‬
‫)‪،mM7(9) ،m7(11) ،M7aug ،M7b 5 ،b 5 ،M7(# 11) ،M7(9‬‬
‫‪sus2 ،7b 5 ،mM7b 5‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ”‪ “G‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪:2-1‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪C# D#‬‬ ‫‪F# G# A#‬‬
‫اﺗّﺒﻊ اﻹﺷﺎرات وﺟﺪول ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪Db Eb‬‬ ‫‪Gb Ab Bb‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬وﺟﺮّب ﻋﺰف ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻌﺰف ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪C D E F G A B‬‬
‫ﻧﺟﺎﺣﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻭﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻭﻣﺽ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪28‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 29 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎع ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ اﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬أو اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ أي ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺌﺔ اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﻧﻅﻳﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺋﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﺑﻳﻥ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺑﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺟﺭﻳﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻧﻭﻋﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﻟﺣﻧﺎﻥ ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﻟﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺣﺩ ﺳﻬﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻟﻠﻣﺑﺗﺩﺋﻳﻥ ﻋﺯﻓﻪ ﺑﺳﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺗﺣﺩﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺷﻌﺑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻛﻼﺳﻳﻛﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻧﺣﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﻋﺯﻑ ﻟﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻁﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺷﻬﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻧﺣﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻁﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺑﻳﺎﻧﻭ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﻣﺗﻊ ﺑﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻳﻝ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﻋﺯﻓﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻧﺑًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻛﺳﺗﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ )ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ( ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻧﻔﺳﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”‪—“Computer-related Operations‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(2‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [START/STOP‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺰف‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [START/STOP‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع إﻟﻰ ‪Demo Song‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [DEMO‬ﻟﻌﺰف ”‪“Demo Songs‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• قد ال يتم تشغيل أغاني ‪ MIDI‬الخارجية التي بھا خاصية التحكم في االنتقال‬
‫التدريجي وإعدادات تعديل السلم بشكل صحيح‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ”‪) “Demo Songs‬ﻣﻥ ‪ 001‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (005‬ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻬﺎء ﻣﻥ ﺁﺧﺭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ )‪ ،(005‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺰف‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.26‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ )‪ (001‬ﻭﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [DEMO‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[START/STOP‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﻳﻥ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬ ‫• يمكنك اختيار أغنية عن طريق استخدام األزرار ]‪ [-]/[+‬بعد الضغط على الزر‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫]‪.[DEMO‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪) 002‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(42‬‬

‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻏﻨﻴﺔ وﻋﺰﻓﻬﺎ‬


‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ ،[SONG‬ﺛﻢ اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(71‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫‪006‬‬ ‫‪Elise 1‬‬


‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ‬


‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[Song‬‬

‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 30 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬واﻹرﺟﺎع اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‪ ،‬واﻹﻳﻘﺎف‬ ‫ﻋﺰف ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‬


‫اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [DEMO‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺯﻑ‬
‫ﺧﻣﺳﺔ ﻣﻥ ”‪ “Demo Songs‬ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺛﻝ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺯﺓ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﺣﻳﺙ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ )‪ ،(FF‬ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ )‪،(REW‬‬
‫ﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘ ّ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ )‪ (PAUSE‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [DEMO‬ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺛﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪) “DemoGrp‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪057‬؛ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(44‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺧﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ ﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻻﺣﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺗﺑﻭﻋﺔ ﺑﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [+‬أو ]‪ [-‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ اﻟﻌﺰف‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫اﻹرﺟﺎع اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬ ‫اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ )ﻣﻥ ‪ 001‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(005‬‬ ‫‪Demo‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ )ﻣﻥ ‪ 001‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(050‬‬ ‫‪Preset‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺧﻠﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ )ﻣﻥ ‪ 051‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪(055‬‬ ‫‪User‬‬
‫ﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﻠﺑﺩء ﻣﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )‪(–056‬‬ ‫‪Download‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• عند عدم وجود أغاني المستخدم وبيانات األغاني التي تم تنزيلھا‪ ،‬سوف يتم تشغيل‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫”‪.“Demo song‬‬
‫• عندما يتم تحديد التكرار ‪ ،A-B‬سوف يعمل اإلرجاع السريع والتقديم السريع في المدى‬ ‫• لنقل األغاني من جھاز الكمبيوتر إلى ھذه اآللة الموسيقية‪ ،‬راجع‬
‫بين ‪ A‬و‪ B‬فقط‪.‬‬ ‫”‪) “Computer-related Operations‬صفحة ‪.(2‬‬
‫• ال يمكن استخدام الزر ]‪ [REW‬و]‪ [FF‬و]‪ [PAUSE‬في أثناء عزف األغنية باستخدام‬
‫الزر ]‪.[DEMO‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [DEMO‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﻌﺰف‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [DEMO‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[START/STOP‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺻﻮت اﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﺣﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺁﺧﺭ ﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺰف أﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ”ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻲ“‬
‫عندما يتم ضبط ”‪) “Demo Group‬المذكورة أعاله( على شيء آخر‬
‫ﺣﺪد أﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫بخالف ”‪ “Demo‬يمكن تغيير ترتيب العزف عن طريق الزر ]‪[DEMO‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ليكون عن طريق الترتيب حسب األرقام والترتيب ”عشوائي“‪ .‬لتنفيذ ھذا‬
‫اإلجراء‪ ،‬اضغط على الزر ]‪ [FUNCTION‬عدة مرات حتى يتم استدعاء‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [VOICE‬ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫”‪) “PlayMode‬الوظيفة ‪058‬؛ صفحة ‪ ،(44‬ثم اختر الترتيب‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫”‪ “Normal‬أو”‪>) “Random‬عشوائي<(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “SONG MELODY VOICE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺣﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺣﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﺣﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• سيؤدي اختيار أغنية أخرى إلى إلغاء صوت اللحن الذي تم تغييره‪.‬‬
‫• ال يمكنك تغيير صوت لحن إحدى أغاني المستخدم‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 31 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ آﻞ ﺟﺰء أو إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮار ‪A-B‬‬


‫ﻛﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺢ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ )ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺟﺯء ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺯءﻳﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﻣﺎ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪) A‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ( ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻘﻁﺔ ‪) B‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ( ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﺩﺓ ﻗﻳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ ‪ L‬ﺃﻭ ‪.R‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ‬

‫‪018‬‬ ‫‪FrereJac‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(29‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬


‫‪010‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﻌﺰف إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪهﺎ آﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [A-B REPEAT‬ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪.A‬‬

‫ﻣﺿﻲء‪ :‬ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺿﻲء‪ :‬ﺻﻭﺕ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﻛﺗﻭﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﺟﺯﺍء ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ )ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﻌﺰف إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪهﺎ آﻨﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [A-B REPEAT‬ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ‪.B‬‬
‫• سوف يلغي اختيار أغنية أخرى حالة تشغيل‪/‬إيقاف األقسام‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ‪ A-B‬ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يمكنك أيضًا تعيين وظيفة التكرار ‪ A-B‬عند توقف األغنية‪ .‬ما عليك سوى‬
‫استخدام األزرار ]‪ [REW‬و]‪ [FF‬لتحديد المقاييس المرغوبة‪ ،‬والضغط على‬
‫الزر ]‪ [A-B REPEAT‬لكل نقطة‪ ،‬ثم بدء العزف‪.‬‬
‫• إذا أردت تعيين النقطة ”‪ “ A‬في بداية األغنية‪ ،‬فاضغط على الزر‬
‫]‪ [A-B REPEAT‬قبل بدء العزف‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮر‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر‬ ‫‪4‬‬


‫]‪.[A-B REPEAT‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[START/STOP‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• سوف يتم إلغاء وظيفة التكرار ‪ A-B‬عند اختيارك وضع أغنية أخرى‪.‬‬

‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 32 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺿﻣﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮت ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﻤﻮل‪ ،‬ﻣﺰود ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎت ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ هﺬا اﻟﻌﺰف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺰف ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ وهﺬﻩ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﻠﺤﻦ‬ ‫اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)وﻇﻴﻔﺔ آﺎﺗﻢ اﻟﻠﺤﻦ(‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ]‪ [AUX IN‬اﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻥ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻛﺑﻝ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﻣﺻﻐﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺩ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻳﻪ ﻟﻠﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﻛﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺿﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻟﻛﺗﻡ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ ﺛﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻵﺧﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬


‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪[MELODY SUPPRESSOR‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ‬
‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪MelodySP‬‬ ‫ﻣﺻﻐﺭ‬

‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻛﺎﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻭﺕ )ﻣﺷﻐﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ‬


‫ﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• في حالة عدم اتصال جھاز الصوت الخارجي بقابس ]‪ [AUX IN‬الموجود في‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫اآللة بشكل صحيح‪ ،‬لن يمكن تشغيل وظيفة كاتم اللحن أو ظھورھا على الشاشة‪،‬‬
‫حتى إذا ضغطت على الزر ]‪.[MELODY SUPPRESSOR‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺷﻐّﻞ هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﺬر آﺘﻢ اﻟﻠﺤﻦ أو اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻐﻨﺎﺋﻲ )أو ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻀﻪ( آﻤﺎ‬


‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ اﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺧﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫هﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮازن ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪[MELODY SUPPRESSOR‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫وهﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﻛﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺃﻭﻻً‪ ،‬ﻟﺗﺣﻘﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ”‪) “SupprPan‬اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪041‬؛‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (43‬أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ آﺎﺗﻢ اﻟﻠﺤﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻣﺛﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺎﺭ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻛﺯ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻳﻥ(‬
‫• يمكنك ضبط مستوى اإلدخال من جھاز الصوت الخارجي عن طريق استدعاء‬
‫‪L63 – C – R63‬‬
‫”‪ “AuxInVol‬عبر رقم الوظيفة ‪) 003‬صفحة ‪ (42‬واستخدام األزرار‬
‫]‪ ،[9]–[0‬و]‪ ،[+‬و]‪.[-‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪SupprPan‬‬
‫‪026‬‬
‫اﻋﺰف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺼﺎدر‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ اﻷداء‪ ،‬أوﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ وﺿﻊ ﺁﻟﺔ اﻟﻨﻔﺦ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت آﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ آﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ )ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻀﻪ(‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷزرار ]‪ ،[+‬و]‪.[-‬‬ ‫• قبل التوصيل‪ ،‬قم بفصل الطاقة عن كل من اآللة الموسيقية وجھاز الصوت‬
‫الخارجي‪ .‬تأكد كذلك قبل تشغيل الطاقة أو إيقاف تشغيلھا من ضبط جميع‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫مستويات الصوت على الحد األدنى )‪ .(0‬عند عدم القيام بذلك‪ ،‬قد تتلف األجھزة‪،‬‬
‫• على حسب محتوى الموسيقى المحدد‪ ،‬قد ال يتم كتم اللحن أو الصوت الغنائي كما‬ ‫أو تحدث صدمة كھربائية أو تفقد حاسة السمع كليًا‪.‬‬
‫ھو متوقع حتى في حال تشغيل كاتم الصوت‪.‬‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [MELODY SUPPRESSOR‬ﻣﺮة‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫• بعد التوصيل‪ ،‬قم بتوصيل الطاقة في جھاز الصوت الخارجي أوالً‪ ،‬ثم قم‬
‫بتوصيلھا بھذه اآللة الموسيقية‪ .‬اعكس ھذا الترتيب عندما توقف التشغيل‪.‬‬
‫أﺧﺮى ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪32‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 33 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺪرب ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ اﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘًﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﺎﺋﻒ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ هﺬﻩ‪” :‬ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح“‪” ،‬واﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ‪ ،‬واﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر“‪،‬‬
‫”وﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ“ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح ﻓﻲ إﺗﻘﺎن اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪك اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع‪ ،‬واﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ‪ ،‬واﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻓﻲ إﺟﺎدة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺛﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺰف اﻟﻨﻮﺗﺎت اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ واﻟﺘﺪرب ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرة‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮرة‪ .‬إذا آﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻵﻟﺔ ﻷول ﻣﺮة‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﺘﺮح ﻋﻠﻴﻚ أن ﺗﺒﺪأ ﺑﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺮﺟﻮع‬
‫إﻟﻰ اﻟﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ”‪) “Song Book‬اﻟﻤﻜﻮن ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺠﺎﻧًﺎ(‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﻠﻰ ”‪،“Song Book‬‬
‫أآﻤﻞ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﻮﻳﺐ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/‬‬

‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻳﻘﻭﻧﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ “Step 01” ،‬ﻭﻗﺳﻡ‬


‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ )”‪ “R‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ “L‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ (“LR‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻙ ﺳﺗﺑﺩﺃ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ‪Song Book‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺗﺧﻁﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ”ﺗﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ“‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺕ ﺑﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫”‪) “Song Book‬ﺍﻟﻣﻛﻭﻥ ﻣﻥ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻧﺯﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺟﺎﻧًﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ”‪ ،“Song Book‬ﺃﻛﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/‬‬
‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ‬

‫‪Step01‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح‬


‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ )ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺪرس‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ( ﻹﺟﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺱ ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻳﻥ‬
‫إﻋﺪاد ‪.Song Book‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ”‪ “Song Book‬ﻣﻥ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻳﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺫﻛﻭﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳّﺏ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [START/STOP‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﺪرس‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﻭﺃﻗﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ )ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻣﺕ ﺑﺭﻣﺟﺗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺑﻖ( ﺣﺳﺏ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫”‪.“Song Book‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يمكن استخدام جميع األغاني المضبوطة مسب ًقا بخالف األغاني من ‪ 001‬إلى‬
‫‪ 005‬مع ھذا الوضع‪ ،‬خاصة األغاني من فئة ”‪.“LEARN TO PLAY‬‬

‫‪Step01‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ ،[SONG‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد أﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫ﻫﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ”)‪ “Für Elise (Basic‬ﻣﻥ ﻓﺋﺔ‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫”‪ ،“LEARN TO PLAY‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻓﺗﺢ ﺍﻟﺻﻔﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ”‪.“Song Book‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• من أجل االستمتاع بالتدريب‪ ،‬سيتم تطبيق توزيع خاص لكل أغنية‪ .‬لھذا قد تكون‬
‫سرعة العزف أبطأ من السرعة األصلية‪.‬‬ ‫‪006‬‬ ‫‪Elise 1‬‬
‫ﺗﺪرب ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺭﺟﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ”‪ “Song Book‬ﻭﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [KEYS TO SUCCESS‬ﻟﺒﺪء هﺬا‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪرس‪.‬‬

‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 34 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺄآﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎز‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺄآﻴﺪ اﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬


‫ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﻳﻳﻡ ﺃﺩﺍءﻙ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺭﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺗﻙ )ﻣﻥ ‪ 0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ (100‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬


‫‪068‬‬ ‫‪Excellen‬‬
‫‪Step01‬‬
‫‪001‬‬
‫ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻧﺟﺎﺣﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫✩ ‪ :‬ﺍﺟﺗﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻟﻡ ﻳﺟﺗﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺩ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ”‪ “0‬ﺇﻟﻰ ”‪ “59‬ﺃﻧﻙ ﻟﻡ ﺗﻧﺟﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺷﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ”‪ “60‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫”‪ “100‬ﺃﻧﻙ ﻧﺟﺣﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻳﻙ ﺧﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺗﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫‪006‬‬ ‫‪Elise 1‬‬ ‫• إذا كان القسم المحدد ضمن فئة العزف باليدين‪ ،‬فلن تتمكن من اجتياز المرحلة‬
‫حتى تعزف بكلتا يديك‪ ،‬حتى مع إجادتك للعزف بيد واحدة‪ .‬ستظھر رسالة مثل‬
‫‪001‬‬ ‫””‪ ”L-part is Nice‬على الشاشة فقط‪.‬‬

‫✩✩✩ ‪ :‬ﺗﻭﺟﺩ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬


‫ﻧﻔّﺬ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ ،02‬و‪ ،03‬و‪ 04‬وهﻜﺬا‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻝ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺗﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ‬
‫✩✩✩ ‪ :‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫✩✩✩ ‪ :‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻳﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪.‬‬
‫✩✩✩ ‪ :‬ﺗﻡ ﺍﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• حتى في أثناء الدرس‪ ،‬يمكنك اختيار مرحلة أخرى عن طريق استخدام األزرار‬
‫]‪.[-]/[+‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎز‬ ‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف هﺬا اﻟﺪرس‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻣﺩﺧﻼﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺑﺄﻛﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ‬ ‫]‪.[KEYS TO SUCCESS‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻣﺪﺧﻼت ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎز ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ اﻟﻤﺮاﺣﻞ‪:‬‬


‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫]‪ [KEYS TO SUCCESS‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪“Cleared‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬ﻟﻤﺴﺢ إدﺧﺎل ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﻴﺎز ﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺤﺪدة‪:‬‬


‫ﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻁﻠﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻣﻛﻳﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫]‪ [KEYS TO SUCCESS‬ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﻼﺙ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “Cleared‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ال يمكن إجراء ھذه العملية أثناء التشغيل‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 35 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪LISTENING 2 TIMING 1‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬


‫‪ [WAITING 3‬ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ”ﺗﻌﻠﻢ اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ“‪.‬‬ ‫‪ Listening‬و‪ Timing‬و‪Waiting‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﻟﻼﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺑﻳﻥ‬ ‫‪‬اﻟﺪرس رﻗﻢ ‪Listening—1‬‬
‫‪ WAITING :3  TIMING :2  LISTENING :1‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻥ ﺗﺣﺗﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻭﻑ‬
‫‪ .…1  off‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﻧﻣﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺧﺗﺭﺗﻪ ﺻﻭﺗًﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﻣﻊ ﺇﻟﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺣﺭﺹ ﻭﺗﺫﻛﺭﻩ ﺟﻳﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬اﻟﺪرس رﻗﻢ ‪Timing—2‬‬


‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺭ ّﻛﺯ ﺑﺑﺳﺎﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺯﻓﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﻁﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺻﻭﺗًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• أثناء العزف‪ ،‬يمكنك تغيير وضع الدرس عن طريق الضغط على ھذا الزر‪،‬‬
‫ويمكنك إيقاف الدرس في أي وقت بالضغط على الزر ]‪.[START/STOP‬‬
‫• يتغير الصوت الرئيسي إلى ”‪) “000‬الضبط بلمسة واحدة؛ صفحة ‪ (16‬أثناء‬ ‫‪‬اﻟﺪرس رﻗﻢ ‪Waiting—3‬‬
‫الدرس‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺟﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺅﻗﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﺣﻳﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ اﻟﺪرس إﻟﻰ اﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻟﺗﺗﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻳﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻘﻳّﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﻭﺱ ”‪ “2 Timing‬ﻭ”‪ “3 Waiting‬ﺃﺩﺍءﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫• إذا كنت تريد أن تبقي على سرعة العزف الثابتة التي تم تشغيلھا أثناء الدرس رقم ‪:3‬‬
‫”االنتظار“‪ ،‬فقم بتعيين مقياس سرعة العزف الخاص بك على الوضع ”‪ “OFF‬عن طريق‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫رقم الوظيفة ‪) 056‬صفحة ‪.(44‬‬

‫~~~~~~~~ !‪Excellent‬‬
‫~~~~~~ !‪Very Good‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [SONG‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺪد أﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺘﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Good‬‬ ‫~~~~‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يمكن تطبيق ”تعلم األغنية“ أيضًا على األغاني )تنسيق ‪ SMF 0‬فقط( التي تم‬
‫‪OK‬‬ ‫~~‬ ‫نقلھا من جھاز كمبيوتر )صفحة ‪ ،(46‬ولكن ال يمكن تطبيقھا على أغاني‬
‫المستخدم‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺩ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻘﻳﻳﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• عندما يتم تغيير صوت لحن األغنية‪ ،‬قد يتم تحويل وضع المفتاح المعروض على‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ واﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻷزرار ]‪ [R‬و]‪ [L‬أو آﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫الشاشة )بوحدات األوكتاف(‪ ،‬على حسب الصوت المحدد‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﺬي ﺗﺮﻳﺪ اﻟﺘﺪرب ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ال يمكن تشغيل وضع االزدواج أو الفصل أثناء الدروس‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺱ‬

‫‪Left‬‬ ‫‪Right‬‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف وﺿﻊ اﻟﺪرس‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪.[START/STOP‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﺗﺎ ﺍﻟﻳﺩﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ‬

‫‪BothHand‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• في ھذه المرحلة‪ ،‬قد تظھر الرسالة ”‪ ،“No LPart‬والتي تشير إلى أن األغنية‬
‫الحالية ال تحتوي على قسم اليد اليسرى‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 36 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺪرب ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﺮدي ﻓﻘﻂ‬


‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [PHRASE REPEAT‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫دروس ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح ‪ Listening‬أو‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻳﻪ‪ .‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻝ‬ ‫‪ Timing‬أو ‪Waiting‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺑﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺟﻣﻊ ﺑﻳﻥ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (33‬ﻣﻊ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،(31‬ﺛﻡ ﺗﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(35‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺷﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﻛﻭﻥ ﺭﺍﺿﻳًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ درس ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﻥ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 3‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.33‬‬

‫‪P03‬‬ ‫‪REPEAT‬‬ ‫اﺧﺘﺮ اﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ اﻷزرار ]‪ ،[-]/[+‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺰر ]‪[1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺪرس اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﺗﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ‬
‫ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ ،[-‬ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺗﻘﻳﻳﻡ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [PHRASE REPEAT‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “Timing is Nice‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ ،“Play key is Nice‬ﻭﺳﺗﻛﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ دروس اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎع أو‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ أو اﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻨﺠﺎح ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫]‪[1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ”ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ“‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜ ٍﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ”‪.“off‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [1 LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺭﺗﻳﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﺑﺩء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻣﺭﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺪرس‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻭﻳﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪.[KEYS TO SUCCESS‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• في ھذه الحالة‪ ،‬ستكون وظيفة التقييم غير متوفرة‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺘﺪرب ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﻴﻦ أو أآﺜﺮ‬


‫ﺗﻜﺮار اﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺻﻌﺏ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﻣﺣﺩﺩ ﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ‪) A‬ﻛﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺔ( ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ‪) B‬ﻛﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺭﻣﺟﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺩﺭﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻁﻌﻳﻥ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﻳﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ ﺑﺷﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ”‪“Song Book‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [A-B REPEAT‬ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﻘﻁﻊ ‪ .A‬ﻭﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﻏﻭﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [A-B REPEAT‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ ﻟﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ‪.B‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “A-B Rep‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‬
‫ﺑﻳﻥ ﺑﺩﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ‪ A‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ‪ .B‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪ [A-B REPEAT‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يمكنك ضبط المقاطع الموسيقية ‪ A‬و ‪ B‬عند توقف العزف عن طريق اختيار رقم المقطع‬
‫الموسيقي عبر األزرار ]‪ [+‬و]‪.[-‬‬
‫• يؤدي تحديد النقطة‪ A‬فقط إلى تكرار تشغيل المقطوعة بين النقطة ‪ A‬ونھاية األغنية‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 37 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺅﻙ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ أداﺋﻚ آﺄﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم )اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ‪ :5–1‬أرﻗﺎم اﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ‪ .(055–051‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ أﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬


‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻤﺴﺎر ﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪rEC‬‬ ‫‪User 1‬‬ ‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻙ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﻳﻥ ﻹﺣﺩﻯ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪001‬‬
‫‪‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎر ‪:1‬‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻣﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫‪‬اﻟﻤﺴﺎر ‪:2‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺧﺭﻭﺝ ﻣﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ )ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺷﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺿﻳﺋﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﻥ ﺑﻙ )ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [REC‬ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬
‫• إذا كانت جميع أغاني المستخدم تحتوي على بيانات مسجلة‪ ،‬فسوف يتم اختيار‬
‫”‪ “User 1‬تلقائيًا‪ .‬في ھذه الحالة‪ ،‬وبما أنك ستسجل الكثير فوق البيانات‬
‫الحالية وتحذف أي بيانات سابقة في ”‪ ،“User 1‬فننصحك بأن تحفظ بياناتك‬
‫المھمة كملف احتياطي على جھاز كمبيوتر )راجع صفحة ‪.(46‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫‪‬ﻗﺪرة ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫• ال يمكن تشغيل ‪ ACMP‬أو إيقافه في ھذه الحالة بينما يمكنك اختيار إيقاع آخر في‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﻪ ﺣﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 10000‬ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺃﻭ ‪ 5500‬ﻣﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ھذه الحالة باستخدام الزر ]‪ [STYLE‬وأزرار األرقام‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺧﻣﺱ‪.‬‬
‫اﻋﺰف ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﺪء اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ ،ACMP‬ﻓﺳﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺑﺷﻛ ٍﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [START/STOP‬ﺛﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(25‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪(F#2) 054 :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪72‬‬
‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺼﻮت واﻹﻳﻘﺎع‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ACMP‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ .(24‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ ACMP‬ﻓﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(24‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [REC‬ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [START/STOP‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﺗﺭﻗﻳﻡ ﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻏﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﻳﺿًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬ ‫)”‪ .(“User 5”–“User 1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫]‪ [INTRO/ENDING/rit.‬ﺛﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﻭ]‪.[-‬‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬
‫• بعد توقف التسجيل‪ ،‬سوف تظھر الرسالة ”!‪ “Writing‬على الشاشة لفترة‬
‫وجيزة‪ .‬ال تحاول أبدًا فصل الطاقة في أثناء ظھور الرسالة على الشاشة‪ .‬فقد‬
‫يؤدي ذلك إلى إتالف الذاكرة الداخلية وفقدان البيانات‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر‬ ‫‪5‬‬


‫]‪.[START/STOP‬‬

‫‪37‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 38 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍﺅﻙ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺢ أﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎر ﻣﺤﺪد‬


‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [SONG‬ﺛﻢ اﺧﺘﺮ أﻏﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬّﺰ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮت أو‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫اﻹﻳﻘﺎع‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪ACMP‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [REC‬ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ .(24‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﺯﻑ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ACMP‬ﻓﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(24‬‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ ،[REC‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ زر اﻟﻤﺴﺎر اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب ‪ 1‬أو ‪ 2‬ﻟﺒﺪء وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ‪ .2‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫‪YES‬‬ ‫‪ClrUser1‬‬ ‫ﻛﻧﺕ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ‪ 1‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ‪ 2‬ﺣﺳﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻳُﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﺿﻳﺣﻲ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﺛﺎﻻً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[-/NO‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪.[+/YES‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬


‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻳﺩ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷزرار ]‪ [+‬و]‪ [-‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻏﻨﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺘﻲ‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪rEC‬‬ ‫‪User 1‬‬


‫‪YES‬‬ ‫?‪Sure‬‬ ‫‪001‬‬

‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[-/NO‬‬


‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ‪ 2‬ﻛﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺣﺗﻭﻱ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [+/YES‬ﻟﻤﺴﺢ اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ ‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﻭﻣﺽ ”‪ “L‬ﻭﻳﺿﻲء ”‪ “R‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”!‪ “Writing‬ﺣﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ”‪ “R‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ ﻋﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪ [TRACK 1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻧﺕ ﺳﺗﺳﺗﻣﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﺳﺟﻝ ﺳﺎﺑﻘًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺟﺩﻳﺩ‪.‬‬

‫اﻷﻣﺮ ذاﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات ﻣﻦ ‪ 3‬إﻟﻰ ‪) 5‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (37‬ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪4‬‬


‫”اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ“‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺤﺪود اﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬


‫• ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺗﻭﻓﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﺗﺗﻣﻛﻥ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،ACMP ON/OFF‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ ،[FUNCTION‬ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪.[ORIENTAL INSTRUMENT/PIANO‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪38‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 39 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺧﺻﻳﻥ )ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ(‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻌﺎزﻓﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ أن ﻳﻌﺰﻓﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮت ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺪى اﻷوآﺘﺎف‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ—ﺷﺨﺺ واﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﺴﺎر واﻵﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬا ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎت اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻌﺰف ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺷﺨﺺٌ واﺣﺪ )ﻣﺪرس‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺜﺎل( أدا ًء ﻧﻤﻮذﺟﻴًﺎ وﻳﺸﺎهﺪﻩ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻵﺧﺮ وﻳﺘﺪرب ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻷول‪.‬‬

‫آﻴﻒ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﺼﻮت ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬


‫ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺪء هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار وﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [L‬واﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﺑﻳﻧﻣﺎ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح ] [ )‪ (Standby/On‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻥ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺻﺑﺢ‬ ‫ﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”‪ “DuoMode‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ”‪) “VoiceOut‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪042‬؛‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ‪ F#3‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻭﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻘﺳﻳﻡ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(43‬‬ ‫ﻗﺳﻣﻳﻥ‪ :‬ﻗﺳﻡ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻭﻗﺳﻡ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• قد يختلف الصوت في الوضع الثنائي‪ ،‬ووضع آلة النفخ‪ ،‬ومستوى الصوت‪،‬‬
‫والخصائص النغمية لصوت اإلستريو عن الوضع الطبيعي‪ ،‬بسبب إعداد‬
‫‪” = VoiceOut‬المنفصل“ )صفحة ‪ .(43‬قد يكون االختالف أكثر وضوحً ا‬
‫خاصة مع مجموعات اآلالت اإليقاعية‪ ،‬حيث إن كل مفتاح في المجموعة اإليقاعية‬
‫يتميز بمواضع مختلفة آلالت نفخ اإلستيريو‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ”‪ “sustain‬ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬


‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ”‪ “Sustain‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺳﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻣﺎ ًﻣﺎ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺇﺣﺩﻯ‬
‫‪on‬‬ ‫‪DuoMode‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺛﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (12‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪(F#3) 066 :‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪C3‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪C3‬‬
‫]‪.[SUSTAIN‬‬
‫• ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ”‪) “Sustain‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪038‬؛‬
‫ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(43‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‬
‫• ال يمكن تطبيق التمديد الصوتي ”‪ “Sustain‬على قسمي الصوت األيسر واأليمن‬
‫مستقل‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫بشكل‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• في أثناء تشغيل تمديد اللوحة ”‪ ،“Panel Sustain‬يتم االحتفاظ باإلعداد‬
‫• يتم ضبط كل من قسم الصوت األيمن وقسم الصوت األيسر في لوحة المفاتيح‬
‫المستمر حتى عندما يتم إيقاف تشغيل الطاقة‪.‬‬ ‫الموسيقية على الصوت نفسه )الصوت الرئيسي(‪.‬‬
‫• وفي الوضع الثنائي‪ ،‬ال يمكن تغيير نقطة الفصل من ‪.F# 3‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻹﻳﻘﺎع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻲ ﻷﺣﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻌﺰف ﺷﺨﺺ واﺣﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺰف اﻟﺸﺨﺺ اﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﺑﺻﻭﺭﺓ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﺣﺪ اﻷﺻﻮات‬
‫ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺗﺭ ﺻﻭﺗًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺗﻧﻔﻳﺫ ﺍﻟﺧﻁﻭﺓ ‪ 1‬ﻭ‪ 2‬ﻓﻲ ”ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ“‬
‫ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.16‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ] [ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎح‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫• عند اختيار صوت ثنائي من أرقام الصوت ‪ 142‬إلى ‪ ،168‬سوف يصدر قسم‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫)‪ (Standby/On‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬وإﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫الصوت األيسر الصوت الرئيسي فقط‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪدًا ﺑﺼﻮرة ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫• ال يمكن استخدام وظائف معينة مثل التعلم‪ ،‬والصوت التتابعي والصوت التآلفي‬
‫والمزدوج في الوضع الثنائي‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 40 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻭﺣﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻤﻠﻚ هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ذاآﺮة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﻔﻆ إﻋﺪاداﺗﻚ اﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻟﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ إﻋﺪادات وﻳﺸﺎر إﻟﻰ آﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻷزرار ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﻟﻰ ‪.9‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ذاآﺮة اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬


‫‪‬إﻋﺪادات اﻹﻳﻘﺎع*‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪ ،ACMP‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‪ A/B ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫‪‬إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﻛﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬ ‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺰدوج‪ :‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﻭﻛﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫• إذا حددت رقم ذاكرة تسجيل تحتوي على بيانات بالفعل‪ ،‬يتم مسح البيانات‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ‬
‫السابقة والتسجيل فوقھا بواسطة البيانات الجديدة‪.‬‬ ‫إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﻭﻛﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫• ال توقف تشغيل الطاقة أثناء حفظ اإلعدادات في ذاكرة التسجيل‪ ،‬وإال قد تتضرر‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ‬
‫البيانات أو تفقد‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮ اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ‪ :‬ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ‬
‫‪‬إﻋﺪادات اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪/‬اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪ :‬ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻭﻛﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪‬اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻷﺧﺮى‪ :‬ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺩﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ذاآﺮة‬ ‫”‪ ،“Sustain‬ﻭﺇﺧﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬

‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬ ‫* ال يمكن تسجيل إعدادات اإليقاع أو استدعاؤھا عند تحديد أغنية‪ .‬أيضًا في الوضع‬
‫الثنائي‪ ،‬يمكن فقط تسجيل إعدادات اإليقاع أو استدعائھا‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪.[REGIST MEMORY‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬


‫ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”?‪.“LoadNo.‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ذاآﺮة‬
‫?‪LoadNo.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮت‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫واﻹﻳﻘﺎع‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺣﺪ اﻷزرار ﻣﻦ ]‪ [1‬إﻟﻰ ]‪ [9‬ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء إﻋﺪادات‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ”‪ “REGIST MEMORY‬ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪[REGIST MEMORY‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻝ ﺗﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”?‪ “MemNo.‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫?‪MemNo.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪01‬‬ ‫‪REGIST 1‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ أﺣﺪ اﻷزرار ﻣﻦ ]‪ [1‬إﻟﻰ ]‪ [9‬ﻟﺤﻔﻆ إﻋﺪادات‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺩﺩﺕ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺗﺣﺗﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺳﺗﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ”‪ “REGIST MEMORY‬ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ”?‪ “Overwr‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻓﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻣﻥ ]‪ [1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ]‪.[9‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ ،[+/YES‬ﻭﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎء‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪.[-/NO‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 41 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻭﺣﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺿﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺤﺪدة‬


‫)ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ(‬
‫ﺗﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺍﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺟﻣﻳﻊ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺃﺟﺭﻳﺗﻬﺎ ﺑﺿﻐﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺃﺣﻳﺎﻧًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻅﻝ ﻋﻧﺎﺻﺭ ﻣﻌﻳﻧﺔ ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩﻣﺎ ﺗﺭﻳﺩ ﺗﺑﺩﻳﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﺑﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ”‪ “freeze‬ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬

‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮار ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [TOUCH‬ﻟﻤﺪة أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪1‬‬


‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ”‪) “Freeze‬اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪022‬؛ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (43‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪oFF‬‬ ‫‪Freeze‬‬
‫‪022‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﺃﻁﻭﻝ ﻣﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺰر ]‪ [+‬أو ]‪ [-‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫‪2‬‬


‫”‪.“Freeze‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ”‪ “Freeze‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ”‪“freeze‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺁﺧﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 42 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ اﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﻒ‪ ،‬وﻧﻘﻄﺔ اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪،‬‬
‫واﻷﺻﻮات‪ ،‬واﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮات‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪد اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻣﻦ ]‪ [0‬إﻟﻰ ]‪،[9‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﺰر ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﻋﺪة ﻣﺮات ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫و]‪ ،[+‬و]‪.[-‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛﻝ ﻣﺭﺓ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ ،[FUNCTION‬ﻳﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻟﺗﻘﻠﻳﻝ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﺟﻳﺯﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺩﺓ ﻭﺟﻳﺯﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﺃﻭ ]‪ [-‬ﻻ ﻳﻐﻳﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺣﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬

‫• ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬ ‫• ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ‬


‫ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪.1‬‬ ‫ﺑﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫•ﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‬
‫• ﻧﻌﻡ‬
‫• ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪StyleVol‬‬
‫• ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻻﺳﺗﺩﻋﺎء ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺗﺭﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪001‬‬

‫ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• للخروج من إعدادات الوظيفة‪ ،‬اضغط على أحد ھذه األزرار؛ ]‪ ،[SONG‬أو‬ ‫ﺛﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﻠﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺑﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺑﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺩ‬
‫]‪ [VOICE‬أو ]‪.[STYLE‬‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• ال يظھر رقم الوظيفة على الشاشة خالل تشغيل األغنية‪ ،‬أو اإليقاع‪ ،‬أو المترونوم‪.‬‬
‫تظھر قيمة اإليقاع بدالً من رقم الوظيفة‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ اﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪/‬اﻹﻋﺪادات‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪) .‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(24‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪StyleVol‬‬ ‫‪Style Volume‬‬ ‫‪001‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪) .‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(29‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪SongVol‬‬ ‫‪Song Volume‬‬ ‫‪002‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﺎﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﻣﻘﺑﺱ‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪AuxInVol‬‬ ‫‪AUX IN Volume‬‬ ‫‪003‬‬
‫]‪) .[AUX IN‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(32‬‬
‫أﻣﻮر ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺻﻑ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪00‬‬ ‫‪-12–12‬‬ ‫‪Transpos‬‬ ‫‪Transpose‬‬ ‫‪004‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺟﻳﺩ ﻟﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﻛﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ 0.2‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪440.0Hz‬‬ ‫‪427.0Hz–453.0Hz‬‬ ‫‪Tuning‬‬ ‫‪Tuning‬‬ ‫‪005‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(18‬‬ ‫‪02‬‬ ‫‪12–01‬‬ ‫‪PBRange‬‬ ‫‪Pitch Bend Range‬‬ ‫‪006‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻝ ﻭﻳﺣﺩﺩ ”ﻧﻘﻁﺔ“ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ—ﺑﻌﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻳﻔﺻﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻳﺔ )ﺍﻟﺳﻔﻠﻳﺔ( ﻭ)ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ(‪ .‬ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ‬ ‫‪(F#2) 054‬‬ ‫‪(C1–C6) 096–036‬‬ ‫‪SplitPnt‬‬ ‫‪Split Point‬‬ ‫‪007‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﻟﻠﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﻧﻔﺳﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺗﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪,(Soft) 1‬‬
‫‪Touch Response‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻛﺛﺭ )ﺃﺳﻬﻝ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﻳﻳﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬ ‫‪(Medium) 2‬‬ ‫‪,(Medium) 2‬‬ ‫‪TouchRes‬‬ ‫‪008‬‬
‫‪Sensitivity‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(Hard) 3‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﺴﻠﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(22‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺩﻯ ﺇﻣﻛﺎﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [+‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‬ ‫‪Accompaniment‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬ ‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫‪TuneAcc‬‬ ‫‪009‬‬
‫)ﻭﺗﻁﺑﻳﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ( ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [-‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Tuning‬‬
‫‪Tune C‬‬
‫‪Scale Tunings‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.22‬‬ ‫‪00‬‬ ‫‪63–00–64-‬‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫‪021–010‬‬
‫)‪(Tune C – Tune B‬‬
‫‪Tune B‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 43 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪/‬اﻹﻋﺪادات‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬


‫ذاآﺮة اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(41‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﺃﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩﻙ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﺁﺧﺭ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(41‬‬ ‫‪OFF‬‬ ‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫‪Freeze‬‬ ‫‪Registration Freeze‬‬ ‫‪022‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ اﻹﻳﻘﺎع‬
‫ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻭﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻪ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(26‬‬ ‫–‬ ‫‪nnn–001‬‬ ‫‪StyleReg‬‬ ‫‪Style Register‬‬ ‫‪023‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(16‬‬
‫ﻳﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻣﻊ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪M.Volume‬‬ ‫‪Volume‬‬ ‫‪024‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻛﺗﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪2+ – 2-‬‬ ‫‪M.Octave‬‬ ‫‪Octave‬‬ ‫‪025‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪M.Chorus‬‬ ‫‪Chorus Depth‬‬ ‫‪026‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﺰدوج )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(17‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪613–001‬‬ ‫‪D.Voice‬‬ ‫‪Dual Voice‬‬ ‫‪027‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪D.Volume‬‬ ‫‪Volume‬‬ ‫‪028‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺗﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪2+ – 2-‬‬ ‫‪D.Octave‬‬ ‫‪Octave‬‬ ‫‪029‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪D.Chorus‬‬ ‫‪Chorus Depth‬‬ ‫‪030‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(17‬‬
‫ﻳﺧﺗﺎﺭ ﺻﻭﺗ ًﺎ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻼً‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪613–001‬‬ ‫‪S.Voice‬‬ ‫‪Split Voice‬‬ ‫‪031‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪S.Volume‬‬ ‫‪Volume‬‬ ‫‪032‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺗﺎﻑ ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪2+ – 2-‬‬ ‫‪S.Octave‬‬ ‫‪Octave‬‬ ‫‪033‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪S.Chorus‬‬ ‫‪Chorus Depth‬‬ ‫‪034‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮات‬
‫‪(Hall 1–3) 03–01‬‬
‫‪(Room 1–2) 05–04‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ )‪ (10‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ‪) .‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(76‬‬ ‫**‬ ‫‪(Stage 1–2) 07–06‬‬ ‫‪Reverb‬‬ ‫‪Reverb Type‬‬ ‫‪035‬‬
‫‪(Plate 1–2) 09–08‬‬
‫‪(Off) 10‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺭﺳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪64‬‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪RevLevel‬‬ ‫‪Reverb Level‬‬ ‫‪036‬‬
‫‪(Chorus1) 1‬‬
‫‪(Chorus2) 2‬‬
‫‪(Chorus3) 3‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺑﻳﻥ )‪ (6‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ‪) .‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(76‬‬ ‫**‬ ‫‪Chorus‬‬ ‫‪Chorus Type‬‬ ‫‪037‬‬
‫‪(Flanger1) 4‬‬
‫‪(Flanger2) 5‬‬
‫‪(Off) 6‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ ”‪ “Panel Sustain‬ﻗﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬ ‫‪OFF‬‬ ‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫‪Sustain‬‬ ‫‪Panel Sustain‬‬ ‫‪038‬‬
‫‪(Speaker) 1‬‬
‫‪(Headphone) 2‬‬
‫ﻳﺿﺑﻁ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﻛﺎﻓﺊ ﻟﻣﺧﺭﺝ ﻣﻛﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫‪(Boost) 3‬‬
‫‪(Speaker) 1‬‬ ‫‪MasterEQ‬‬ ‫‪Master EQ Type‬‬ ‫‪039‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ‪) .‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(14‬‬ ‫‪(Piano) 4‬‬
‫‪(Bright) 5‬‬
‫‪(Mild) 6‬‬
‫‪(Wide1) 1‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻹﺳﺗﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪(Wide2) 2‬‬ ‫‪(Wide2) 2‬‬ ‫‪Wide‬‬ ‫‪Wide Type‬‬ ‫‪040‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺗﻧﺗﺞ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﺗﺳﺎﻉ ﺃﻛﺑﺭ‪) .‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(14‬‬
‫‪(Wide3) 3‬‬
‫ﻳﺿﺑﻁ ﻣﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺧﻔﻳﺿﻪ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(32‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪L63 – C – R63‬‬ ‫‪SupprPan‬‬ ‫‪Suppressor Pan‬‬ ‫‪041‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (17‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،(39‬ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ”‪ ،“Normal‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺑﺭﻱ‬
‫‪(Normal) 1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ”‪ ،“Separate‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ ﺳﻭﻑ‬ ‫‪(Normal) 1‬‬ ‫‪VoiceOut‬‬ ‫‪Voice Output‬‬ ‫‪042‬‬
‫‪(Separate) 2‬‬
‫ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﺳﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻠﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻣﻛﺑﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪/‬اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(20‬‬
‫‪(Harmony) 026–001‬‬ ‫‪Harmony/Arpeggio‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺧﺗﻳﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪Harm/Arp‬‬ ‫‪043‬‬
‫‪(Arpeggio) 178–027‬‬ ‫‪Type‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪HarmVol‬‬ ‫‪Harmony Volume‬‬ ‫‪044‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ”‪ ،“Thru‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺳﺎ ٍﻭ ﻟﻘﻭﺓ‬
‫‪(Original) 1‬‬
‫ﻋﺯﻓﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﺩﻳﺩ ”‪ ،“Original‬ﻓﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬ ‫**‬ ‫‪Arp Velo‬‬ ‫‪Arpeggio Velocity‬‬ ‫‪045‬‬
‫‪(Thru) 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻋﺯﻓﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 44 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﻻﻓﺘﺮاﺿﻴﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪/‬اﻹﻋﺪادات‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬ ‫اﺳﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫رﻗﻢ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬


‫‪(Sustain) 1‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.21‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫‪(Arp Hold) 2‬‬ ‫‪Pdl Func‬‬ ‫‪Pedal Function‬‬ ‫‪046‬‬
‫‪(Hold+Sus) 3‬‬
‫آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(45‬‬
‫ﻳُﺣﺳﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻟﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(45‬‬ ‫‪OFF‬‬ ‫‪PC1/PC2/OFF‬‬ ‫‪PC mode‬‬ ‫‪PC mode‬‬ ‫‪047‬‬
‫‪MIDI‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻭﻟﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫)‪ (ON‬ﺃﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ )‪ .(OFF‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ )‪ (OFF‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻙ ﻷﺩﺍء‬ ‫‪ON‬‬ ‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫‪Local‬‬ ‫‪Local Control‬‬ ‫‪048‬‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺣﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ‪.MIDI‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ )‪ (OFF‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ )‪ .(ON‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ )‪ (ON‬ﻋﻧﺩ‬ ‫‪OFF‬‬ ‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫‪ExtClock‬‬ ‫‪External Clock‬‬ ‫‪049‬‬
‫ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻠﻙ ﻷﺩﺍء ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺣﻙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ‪.MIDI‬‬
‫ﻳﺗﻳﺢ ﻟﻙ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻺﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ ،[+/YES‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫–‬ ‫‪YES/NO‬‬ ‫‪InitSend‬‬ ‫‪Initial Send‬‬ ‫‪050‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‪ [-/NO‬ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎء‪ .‬ﻳﺟﺏ ﺇﺗﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﻓﻭﺭً ﺍ ﺑﻌﺩ ﺑﺩء ﻋﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻤﺘﺮوﻧﻮم )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(19‬‬
‫‪Time Signature‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫**‬ ‫‪60–00‬‬ ‫‪TimeSigN‬‬ ‫‪051‬‬
‫‪Numerator‬‬
‫‪Half note, Quarter‬‬
‫‪Time Signature‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻝ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫**‬ ‫‪,note, Eighth note‬‬ ‫‪TimeSigD‬‬ ‫‪052‬‬
‫‪Denominator‬‬
‫‪Sixteenth note‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻟﻠﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪127–000‬‬ ‫‪MetroVol‬‬ ‫‪Metronome Volume‬‬ ‫‪053‬‬
‫اﻟﺪرس )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(33‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻌﺎﻻً ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪01‬‬ ‫‪16–01‬‬ ‫‪R-Part‬‬ ‫)‪Lesson Track (R‬‬ ‫‪054‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺻﻳﻐﺔ ‪ SMF 0‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﺳﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻓﻌﺎﻻً ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪02‬‬ ‫‪16–01‬‬ ‫‪L-Part‬‬ ‫)‪Lesson Track (L‬‬ ‫‪055‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺻﻳﻐﺔ ‪ SMF 0‬ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﻳﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺱ ‪” 3‬ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ‪ “.‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ )‪ ،(ON‬ﺳﻭﻑ ﺗﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻟﺗﺗﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺯﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ )‪،(OFF‬‬ ‫‪ON‬‬ ‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫‪YourTemp‬‬ ‫‪Your Tempo‬‬ ‫‪056‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺑﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺯﻑ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Demo‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(29‬‬
‫‪(Demo) 1‬‬
‫‪(Preset) 2‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(Demo) 1‬‬ ‫‪DemoGrp‬‬ ‫‪Demo Group‬‬ ‫‪057‬‬
‫‪(User) 3‬‬
‫‪(Download) 4‬‬
‫‪(Normal) 1‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻛﺭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪(Normal) 1‬‬ ‫‪PlayMode‬‬ ‫‪Demo Play Mode‬‬ ‫‪058‬‬
‫‪(Random) 2‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ”‪ “Demo cancel‬ﻣﻔﻌﻠﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪OFF‬‬ ‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫‪D-Cancel‬‬ ‫‪Demo Cancel‬‬ ‫‪059‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ )‪ ،(ON‬ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻡ ﻋﺯﻑ ”‪ ،“Demo Song‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪.[DEMO‬‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(13‬‬
‫‪/OFF, 5/10/15/30/60‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻐﺭﻕ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪minutes 30‬‬ ‫‪AutoOff Auto Power Off Time‬‬ ‫‪060‬‬
‫‪(minutes) 120‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(11‬‬
‫ﻳﺣﺩﺩ ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻗﻣﺕ ﺑﺗﺭﻛﻳﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪(Alkaline) 1‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻭﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﻠﻭﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻧﺟﻧﻳﺯ‬ ‫‪(Alkaline) 1‬‬ ‫‪Battery‬‬ ‫‪Battery Type‬‬ ‫‪061‬‬
‫‪(Ni-MH) 2‬‬
‫‪ :Ni-MH‬ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﺣﻥ‬

‫* ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬


‫** ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻳﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 45 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬

‫‪PC Mode (FUNCTION 047) ‬‬


‫ﺗﻌﻳﺩ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ PC‬ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﻛﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻣﻬﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭ )ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻣﻭﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬ ‫‪*PC2‬‬ ‫‪PC1‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫‪LOCAL‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫‪EXTERNAL CLOCK‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫‪** MIDI TRANSMIT OF SONG‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫‪** MIDI TRANSMIT OF STYLE‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫‪** MIDI TRANSMIT OF KEYBOARD‬‬

‫* ﻧﺳﺧﺔ ﻣﻣﺗﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ‪ PC2‬ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑﻠﻲ‪.‬‬


‫** ﻻ ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﺳﺗﻘﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• يمكن استخدام إرسال ‪ MIDI‬الخاص بأغنية مع أغاني المستخدم‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 46 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫ﻳﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺃﻭ ‪iPhone/iPad‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ آﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ إﻟﻰ هﺬﻩ اﻵﻟﺔ اﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ )واﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ (.mid) SMF :‬ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ‪0/1‬‬
‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫• ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪(.sty) :‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺗﺩﻋﻡ ‪) MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻣﻳﺔ ﻟﻶﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ( ﻭﻳﻣﻛﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫• ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ‪* PSR-A350.BUP :‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺍﺳﺗﻼﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻭﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ )ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻝ ‪ (MIDI‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫* ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﻧﻘﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ )ﻛﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻔﻝ( ﻭﺣﻔﻅﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ‪ Musicsoft Downloader‬ﻛﻣﻠﻑ ﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ )ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ (MIDI‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﻛﺑﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ”ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﻟﻸﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ“‪.‬‬ ‫‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻳﻝ ﻋﻥ ﻛﻳﻔﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”‪“Computer-related Operations‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬ ‫)ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• يمكن لھذه اآللة الموسيقية نقل‪/‬تحميل ما يقرب من ‪ 256‬ملف أغنية كحد أقصى‪.‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬ ‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻁﺭﻑ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻑ‬

‫اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑـ ‪iPhone/iPad‬‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ‪iPhone/iPad‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻙ ﺑﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﻣﻝ ﺍﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”‪iPhone/iPad‬‬
‫‪) “Connection Manual‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ (2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺑﻝ ‪USB‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻅﺔ‬
‫• إذا نقلت ملف اإليقاع من الكمبيوتر إلى اآللة الموسيقية‪ ،‬فأنت بحاجة إلى تسجيله‬
‫على ھذه اآللة الموسيقية من أجل تشغيل اإليقاع‪ .‬للمزيد من التفاصيل‪ ،‬راجع‬
‫”‪ “Registering a Style File‬في ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.26‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ‬


‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫[‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ )‪ (Standby/On‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎراﻣﺘﺮات اﻟﻨﺴﺦ اﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫• ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪) 5–1‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(37‬‬
‫• ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪) 220–211‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(26‬‬
‫• ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﺩﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(23‬‬
‫• ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(40‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﻔﻼش‬ ‫• ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ﻟﻸﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺭﺍﺣﻝ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(34‬‬
‫• ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫ﺗﺅﺩﻱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻣﻠﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺢ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻡ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ‬ ‫• ‪) :FUNCTION Settings‬ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪(42‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻅ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻥ ‪ 211‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ .220‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﻣﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﺑﻳﺽ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻣﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ‬
‫[ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﻭﺩﺍء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ]‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‪،Panel Sustain ،‬‬
‫)‪ (Standby/On‬ﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (EQ‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻱ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻙ‪،Demo Play Mode ،Demo Group ،‬‬
‫‪ ،Demo Cancel‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺿﺣﺔ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻳﺗﻡ ﺣﻔﻅ ﻛﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻳﺗﻡ ﺗﺣﻣﻳﻠﻬﺎ( ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ‬
‫إﻧﺬار‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺣﺗﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• تذكر أن ھذه العملية ستؤدي كذلك إلى حذف البيانات التي قمت بشرائھا‪ .‬تأكد من حفظ‬
‫البيانات المھمة في كومبيوتر بواسطة برنامج ‪Musicsoft Downloader‬‬
‫)‪ .(MSD‬للتفاصيل‪ ،‬راجع ”‪) “Computer-related Operations‬صفحة ‪.(2‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺗﻙ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻳﺔ ﺑﻭﺍﺳﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻳﻘﺗﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺗﺎﻟﻳﺗﻳﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 47 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎف اﻷﺧﻄﺎء وإﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬


‫ﻣﻠﺣﻖ‬

‫اﻷﺳﺒﺎب واﻟﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬


‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻭﻳﺷﻳﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻓﺭﻗﻌﺔ ﻣﺅﻗﺗًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻳﻧﺗﺞ ﺗﺷﻭﻳﺵ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺣﺩﻭﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﺣﺩﺙ ﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻣﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻑ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻪ ﺑﻌﻳﺩًﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻣﻙ ﻟﻸﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺟﻧﺑًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،iPhone/iPad/iPod‬ﻧﻭﺻﻲ‬ ‫ﺗُﺳﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺑﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺿﺑﻁ ”ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺋﺭﺓ“ ﻋﻠﻰ ”ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ“ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPhone/iPad/iPod‬ﻟﺗﺟﻧﺏ ﺍﻟﺿﻭﺿﺎء ﺍﻟﻧﺎﺟﻣﺔ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺟﻧﺑًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻧﺏ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺗﻁﺑﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.iPhone/iPad/iPod touch‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺷﻲء ﻣﺗﺻﻝ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ]‪ [PHONES/OUTPUT‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻧﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻥ ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﺑﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺑﺱ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺧﺭﺝ ﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺣﺹ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻠﻲ‪) .‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ 44‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪(.048‬‬
‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻭﺱ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ ،(28‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺟﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺕ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻳﻣﻧﻰ ﻣﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﻧﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺗﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 32‬ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻛﺣﺩ ﺃﻗﺻﻰ— ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺑﺩﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﺑﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻣﺗﻘﻁﻌًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻥ ﺗﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺣﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﻣﺅﺛﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ )‪ (26–01‬ﺑﻧﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ‪01‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،05‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻡ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺟﺎﻧﺏ ﺍﻷﻳﻣﻥ ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ‪ 06‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،26‬ﻻ ﻳﻭﺟﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﺛﻧﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻧﻭﺍﻉ ﻣﻥ ‪ 06‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.12‬‬
‫ﻫﻝ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ )‪(ON‬؟ ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ )‪(OFF‬؛‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺑﺩﺃ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ“ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪) 44‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.(049‬‬ ‫]‪.[START/STOP‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻁ ﺩﺍﺋ ًﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ ]‪ [STYLE‬ﺃﻭﻻً‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ”‪ “ACMP ON‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ”‪ “ACMP ON‬ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫]‪.[ACMP ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ 42‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪ (001‬ﻣﺿﺑﻭﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻝ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ ﻟﻠﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﺯﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻡ ﺑﺗﻌﻳﻳﻥ ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺏ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ 42‬ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪.(007‬‬
‫ﻫﻝ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ ﻣﺅﺷﺭ ”‪ “ACMP ON‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻳﻛﻥ ﻅﺎﻫﺭً ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﺭ‬
‫]‪ [ACMP ON/OFF‬ﻟﻛﻲ ﻳﻅﻬﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻥ ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺣﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﻠﺳﻝ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﻧﺩ ﻋﺯﻓﻙ ﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺛﻝ ﺑﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺑﻭﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺳﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺛﺎﻧﻭﻳﺔ(‬
‫• ﻋﺯﻑ ﺍﺛﻧﺗﻳﻥ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺳﻭﻑ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻋﺗﻣﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺯﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﻋﺯﻑ ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺣﻳﻥ ﻟﻠﺟﺫﺭ ﻧﻔﺳﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻛﺗﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺟﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﻋﺯﻓًﺎ ﻣﺻﺎﺣﺑًﺎ ﺍﻋﺗﻣﺎﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺟﺫﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻁﺑﻳﺔ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ ﻣﻌﻛﻭﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺩ ﻣﻥ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﺱ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ ﺑﻣﻘﺑﺱ ]‪[SUSTAIN‬‬ ‫ﻳﺑﺩﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ )ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺗﻲ( ﻳﺻﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺗﺄﺛﻳﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ ﻗﺑﻝ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﻛﺱ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺛﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺿﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻭﺗﺣﺭﻳﺭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻣﺩﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺗﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻁﺭﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ‪ AWM‬ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﺩﻳﺩﺓ )ﻋﻳﻧﺎﺕ( ﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﻋﺑﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺗﻐﻳﺭ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻁﺎﻕ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ؛ ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺧﺗﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﺧﺗﻼﻓًﺎ ﻁﻔﻳﻔًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺩِّﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺳﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﺩﻳﺩﺓ ﻛﻠﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﻧﺎﻋﻡ ﺟﺩًﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺿﻣﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺭﺩﻳﺋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﻧﺫﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻥ ﻳﻌﻣﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺟﻠﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﻧﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣﻝ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﺻﺣﻳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺧﻔﺕ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻓﺟﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻛﻝ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺭ ﻁﺑﻳﻌﻲ ﻭﺭﺑﻣﺎ ﺗﻡ ﺗﻔﻌﻳﻝ ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ )ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪ .(13‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺣﺗﺟﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﻁﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﺟﺄﺓ ﻭﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﻧﺫﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺧﺗﺭ ”ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ“ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ )ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪060‬؛ ﺻﻔﺣﺔ ‪.(44‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻡ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ AC‬ﺑﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻣﺣﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻧﺩ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺗﻭﻗﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﺟﺄﺓ ﻭﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﻧﺫﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺟﺄﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﻧﺫﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪47‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 48 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬

‫‪ 945‬ﻣﻠﻡ × ‪ 369‬ﻣﻠﻡ × ‪ 122‬ﻣﻠﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﻋﺭﺽ × ﻋﻣﻖ × ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(‬


‫اﻟﺤﺠﻢ‪/‬اﻟﻮزن‬
‫‪ 4.6‬ﻛﺟﻡ )‪ 10‬ﺭﻁﻝ‪ 2 ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻳﺔ‪) (.‬ﻻ ﺗﺷﻣﻝ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫‪61‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ )ﺻﻌﺏ‪/‬ﻣﺗﻭﺳﻁ‪/‬ﺳﻬﻝ( ‪ /‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫‪) LCD‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺑﻠﻭﺭﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻧﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺟﻠﻳﺯﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻳﻧﺔ ﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ‪AWM‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻧﻳﺔ ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻭﻟﻳﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ‬
‫‪(.max) 32‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ 221‬ﺻﻭﺗ ًﺎ ‪ 33 +‬ﻁﺑﻝ‪/‬ﻣﺟﻣﻭﻋﺎﺕ ‪ SFX+ 20‬ﺻﻭﺗ ًﺎ ﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻳًﺎ ‪ 339 +‬ﻣﻥ ﺃﺻﻭﺍﺕ ‪XGlite‬‬ ‫اﻷﺻﻮات‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻖ‬
‫)ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ‪ 45‬ﺻﻭﺗ ًﺎ ﺷﺭﻗﻳًﺎ ‪ 19 +‬ﺻﻭﺗ ًﺎ ﻣﻥ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪ ،GM‬ﻭ‪XGlite‬‬ ‫ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫‪ 9‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ‬
‫‪ 6‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (EQ‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺃﻧﻭﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ‬
‫‪ 26‬ﻧﻭﻋًﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺆﺛﺮات‬
‫‪ 152‬ﻧﻭﻋًﺎ‬ ‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫‪Panel Sustain‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ )ﻟـ ‪(AUX IN‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ‬
‫‪) 210‬ﺗﺗﺿﻣﻥ ‪ 115‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻋًﺎ ﺷﺭﻗﻳًﺎ(‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺗﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻖ‬
‫‪،INTRO/ENDING/rit ،START/STOP ،SYNC START ،ACMP ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ‬
‫‪MAIN/AUTO FILL‬‬ ‫إﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﻌﺰف اﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﻠﻣﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ )‪(OTS‬‬ ‫ﻣﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ )‪(SFF‬‬ ‫ﺗﻭﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻟ ُﻣﻌﺩﺓ ﻣﺳﺑﻘًﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺑﻖ‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﺎﻁﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬ ‫اﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫)ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ MIDI‬ﻓﻘﻂ؛‬
‫‪ 10000‬ﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪(.‬‬
‫‪) SMF‬ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ‪ ،0‬ﻭﺻﻳﻐﺔ ‪(1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺻﻳﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺻﻳﻐﺔ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺃﺻﻠﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫‪9‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺡ ﺗﺣﻛﻡ‬
‫]‪ ،[KEYS TO SUCCESS‬ﻭ]‪،[LISTENING 2 TIMING 3 WAITING 1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺱ‪/‬ﺩﻟﻳﻝ‬
‫]‪ ،[PHRASE REPEAT‬ﻭ]‪ ،[A-B REPEAT‬ﻭ]‪[CHORD DICTIONARY‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ ،280 – 11‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺿﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺩﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ‬
‫‪12+ – 0 – 12-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻭﻳﻝ‬ ‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ‬
‫‪ 453.0 – 440.0 – 427.0‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ )ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺍﺕ ‪ 0.2‬ﻫﺭﺗﺯ ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‪(.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ )ﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺑﻳﺎﻧﻭ(‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ‪PIANO‬‬ ‫ﻣﺗﻧﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺣﺟﻡ ﺍﻷﻗﺻﻰ ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻲ‪ 1.26 .‬ﻣﻳﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺕ )‪ (MB‬ﺗﻘﺭﻳﺑًﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺧﻠﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺧﺯﻳﻥ‬
‫‪V 12‬‬ ‫‪DC IN‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﻫﺎﺗﻑ ﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﻗﻳﺎﺳﻲ )‪(PHONES/OUTPUT‬‬ ‫ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ\ﻣﺧﺭﺝ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ واﻻﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫‪Sustain Pedal‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺗﺻﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺑﺱ ﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﺻﻐﻳﺭ‬ ‫‪AUX IN‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫‪USB TO HOST‬‬
‫‪ 2.5‬ﻭﺍﻁ × ‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣﺿﺧﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺳﻡ × ‪2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ‪ PA-130 :‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗِﺑﻝ ‪Yamaha‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺣﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،PA-3C :‬ﺃﻭ ‪ PA-130‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻛﻬﺭﺑﺎﺋﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺕ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻥ ﺣﺟﻡ )‪ ،(AA‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ،(LR6‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻧﺟﻧﻳﺯ )‪ ،(R6‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ‪Ni-MH‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺷﺣﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻭﺍﻁ )ﻋﻧﺩ ﺍﺳﺗﺧﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪( PA-130 AC‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻡ‬ ‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ‬
‫• ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ‬
‫• ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪ PA-130) * AC‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺋﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗِﺑﻝ ‪(Yamaha‬‬
‫• ﻣﺳﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺗﺭﻧﺕ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎت اﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫* ﻳﻣﻛﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻛﻭﻥ ﻏﻳﺭ ﻣﺭﻓﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺣﺳﺏ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺗﻙ ﺍﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺭﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﻛﻳﻝ ‪ Yamaha‬ﺑﺧﺻﻭﺹ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪:AC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻣﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ‪ PA-130 :‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻳﻣﺔ ﻣﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻭﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻥ ﻗِﺑﻝ ‪Yamaha‬‬
‫ﻣﻳﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﺧﺭﻯ‪ ،PA-3C :‬ﺃﻭ ‪ PA-130‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻛﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺎع ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻣﻝ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ‪L-2C :‬‬
‫• ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ‪HPH-150/HPH-100/HPH-50 :‬‬ ‫)ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ وذﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ‪FC4A/FC5 :‬‬
‫• ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ‪ MIDI‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪UD-BT01 :‬‬
‫* ﺗﻧﻁﺑﻖ ﻣﺣﺗﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺗﺑﺎﺭً ﺍ ﻣﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻁﺑﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺣﺻﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻣﻛﻧﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺧﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻭﻗﻊ ‪ Yamaha‬ﺍﻹﻟﻛﺗﺭﻭﻧﻲ ﻭﺗﻧﺯﻳﻝ ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻛﺗﻳّﺏ‪ .‬ﻧﺗﻳﺟﺔ ﻻﺧﺗﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺑﺎﻉ ﺑﺷﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ﺗﺑﻌًﺎ ﻟﻛﻝ ﻣﻧﻁﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺭﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻘﻖ ﻣﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻛﻳﻝ ‪.Yamaha‬‬
‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬
‫‪psra350_ar.book Page 49 Tuesday, March 8, 2016 7:26 PM‬‬

‫اﻟﻔﻬﺮس‬

‫ب‬ ‫‪43 ..................................... Style Register‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬


‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻣﺗﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ‪46 ............................‬‬ ‫‪42 ...................................... Style Volume‬‬ ‫‪42...................... Accompaniment Tuning‬‬
‫ﺑﺭﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪26 ............... Musicsoft Downloader‬‬ ‫‪12 ........................................... SUSTAIN‬‬ ‫‪24................................................. ACMP‬‬
‫ﺑﻛﺭﺓ ﺿﺑﻁ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪18 ...............................‬‬ ‫‪43 ،39 ،19 ................................... Sustain‬‬ ‫‪75 ،43 ............................. Arpeggio Type‬‬
‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪43................................ Arpeggio Velocity‬‬
‫ت‬ ‫‪25.......................................... AUTO FILL‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ‪31 .............................................. A-B‬‬ ‫‪44 ................................... Time Signature‬‬
‫‪42 ............... Touch Response Sensitivity‬‬ ‫‪9.................................................. AUX IN‬‬
‫ﺗﻛﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻲ ‪36 ،33 ...........................‬‬ ‫‪42................................... AUX IN Volume‬‬
‫ﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﺳﻠﻡ ‪22 ..............................................‬‬ ‫‪42 .......................................... Transpose‬‬
‫‪42 ................................................ Tuning‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪44....................................... Battery Type‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺗﻳﺎﺯ ‪34 .............................................‬‬
‫‪U‬‬
‫ﺣﺳﺎﺳﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪18 ................................‬‬ ‫‪4 ...................................................... USB‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫‪9 ..................................... USB TO HOST‬‬ ‫‪76 ،43 ................................ Chorus Type‬‬
‫ذ‬ ‫‪2............... Computer-related Operations‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪40 ...........................................‬‬
‫‪V‬‬
‫‪60 ........................................... Voice List‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫س‬ ‫‪29.................................................. Demo‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ‪21 .................................‬‬
‫‪W‬‬
‫‪43 .......................................... Wide Type‬‬ ‫‪44...................................... Demo Cancel‬‬
‫ﺳﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ‪26 ،19 ......................................‬‬ ‫‪44....................................... Demo Group‬‬
‫ﺳﻣﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ ‪12 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪44................................ Demo Play Mode‬‬
‫ش‬ ‫‪4 ................................................... XGlite‬‬ ‫‪66....................................... Drum Kit List‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ‪15 ..........................‬‬ ‫‪Y‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫ص‬ ‫‪44 ....................................... Your Tempo‬‬ ‫‪74................................... Effect Type List‬‬
‫‪25.............................................. ENDING‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ‪20 ..............................................‬‬ ‫أ‬ ‫‪44..................................... External Clock‬‬
‫ﺻﻭﺕ ﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ‪20 ............................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻳﺎﺕ ‪2 ........................................... MIDI‬‬
‫ف‬ ‫ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ‪29 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻧﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧﺩﻡ ‪37 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪43................................................. Freeze‬‬
‫ﻓﺋﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ‪29 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ‪19 .............................................‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬
‫ق‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪14 ................................ (EQ‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪15 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪4 .............................. GM System Level 1‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺋﻑ ‪42 ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻳًﺎ ‪44 ،13 ........................‬‬ ‫‪16........................................ Grand Piano‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻣﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ‪28 .................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺳﺟﻳﻝ ‪37 .....................................‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫ك‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻁﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ‪47 ..........................‬‬ ‫‪74 ،43 ............................. Harmony Type‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺗﻳﺭﻳﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻻﺗﺳﺎﻉ ‪14 ...................................‬‬ ‫‪43................................ Harmony Volume‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺣﻥ ‪32 ................................................‬‬
‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺗﻭﺻﻳﻼﺕ ‪2 ....................... iPhone/iPad‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ‪30 .........................................‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ﻛﻣﺑﻳﻭﺗﺭ ‪46 ...................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪15 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪44.......................................... Initial Send‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪24 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪25................................................. INTRO‬‬
‫م‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺅﻗﺕ ‪30 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪46..................................................... iPad‬‬
‫ﻣﺗﻁﻠﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ‪10 ..........................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺱ ‪18 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪46................................................. iPhone‬‬
‫ﻣﺣﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺗﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﺩﺩ ‪10 ............................... AC‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻣﺎﻉ ‪35 ،33 ...........................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺭﺟﻊ ‪2 .............................................. MIDI‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺗﻅﺎﺭ ‪35 ،33 ............................................‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ‪21 ..................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪11 ..................................................‬‬ ‫‪44....................................... Local Control‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ ‪19 ........................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺛﺑﻳﺕ ‪41 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻧﻳﺔ ‪29 ..................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﺷﻐﻳﻝ ‪30 ،29 .............................................‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪24 ...................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻘﺩﻳﻡ ﺍﻟﺳﺭﻳﻊ ‪30 ............................................‬‬ ‫‪25................................................... MAIN‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﻭﻯ ﻁﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪18 ...................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻬﻳﺋﺔ ‪46 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪43.................................. Master EQ Type‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ‪46 ..............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻗﻳﺕ ‪35 ،33 .............................................‬‬ ‫‪44............................ Metronome Volume‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ‪46 ...................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺗﻭﻟﻳﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ‪23 ......................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﻧﺩ ﺍﻟﻧﻭﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻳﺔ ‪2 .....................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ ‪39 ....................................................‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﻧﺟﺎﺡ ‪33 ............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺟﺯء ‪31 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪/ORIENTAL INSTRUMENT‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ‪26 ،4 ..........................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺟﺔ ‪35 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪16................................................. PIANO‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺗﺣﻛﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻣﻲ ‪21 ،12 ...............................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺱ ‪15 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬
‫ﻣﻭﺳﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺧﻠﻔﻳﺔ ‪30 ..........................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻼﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺷﺭﻗﻳﺔ ‪22 ..........................................‬‬ ‫‪43 ،19 ............................... Panel Sustain‬‬
‫ن‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪15 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪44............................................. PC Mode‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﺩﻯ ‪19 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪44.................................... Pedal Function‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺻﻝ ‪24 ،17 ........................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ‪16 ..................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺑﻁﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪11 .............................................‬‬ ‫‪42............................... Pitch Bend Range‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ‪43 ،16 ..................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺂﻟﻔﻲ ‪21 ،20 ...............................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﺯﺩﻭﺝ ‪43 ،17 ..................................‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺗﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ‪20 ....................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺻﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻣﻧﻔﺻﻝ ‪43 ،17 ..................................‬‬ ‫‪30.............................................. Random‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (EQ‬ﺍﻟﺭﺋﻳﺳﻲ ‪14 ...........................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺿﺑﻁ ﺑﻠﻣﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺩﺓ ‪16 .....................................‬‬ ‫‪43....................................... Reverb Level‬‬
‫ﻧﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ‪28 ،27 .................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻑ ﺍﻟﻣﺻﺎﺣﺏ ﺍﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪24 ..............................‬‬ ‫‪76 ،43 ................................ Reverb Type‬‬
‫و‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺳﻡ ‪25 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪25........................................................ .rit‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪45 ............................................... PC‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﻭﺭﺱ ‪19 ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺅﺛﺭ ‪43 ،19 ..............................................‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫ﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺑﺩء ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺯﺍﻣﻥ ‪24 ....................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺭﻭﻧﻭﻡ ‪19 ................................................‬‬ ‫‪23............................... SCALE MEMORY‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﺳﺎﺭ ‪37 ،15 ..............................................‬‬ ‫‪22............................... SCALE SETTING‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻘﻳﺎﺱ ‪15 ...................................................‬‬ ‫‪42....................................... Scale Tuning‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻣﻭﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪48 ...............................................‬‬ ‫‪33 ،2 ..................................... Song Book‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﺳﺦ ﺍﻻﺣﺗﻳﺎﻁﻲ ‪46 .........................................‬‬ ‫‪50............................. Song Book Sample‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻐﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻣﺗﺂﻟﻔﺔ ‪15 ............................................‬‬ ‫‪71............................................. Song List‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻧﻘﺭ ‪26 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪42...................................... Song Volume‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻳﻔﺔ ‪42 ،15 .............................................‬‬ ‫‪42............................................ Split Point‬‬
‫‪72............................................. Style List‬‬

‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﻛﺗﻳّﺏ ﺍﻟﻣﺎﻟﻙ ‪PSR-A350‬‬


Song Book Sample / /

This score is provided with the part of the song book (free downloadable scores).
The song book contains not only the scores for all internal songs (excepting Songs 1–5) but also music terms and
important points for your practice. To obtain the Song Book, complete the user registration at the following website.

Yamaha Online Member https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/

* The Song book is provided only in English.

Für Elise L. v. Beethoven

Basic
SongNo.006
Song No.004
Für Elise With Step Map .......................................................................12
Für Elise is an all-time classical favorite.
The beautiful, well-known melody is repeated a number of times.
In each step you won’t be practicing alone. You have a wonderful orchestra to back you up!
First, listen to the example a few times. It won’t be long before you’ll want to start playing it yourself!

Warm-up Exercise - “The Semitone Mystery” .................................... 14


Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 15
Warm-up Exercise - “Basic Accompaniment”..................................... 16
Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 16
First Half Review ...................................................................... 17
Diligent Practice Time ................................................................ 17
Warm-up Exercise - “The Jump Competition” .................................... 18
“EEEEE!” ................................................................................ 18
“Left! Right! Left! Right!” ............................................................ 19
Second Half Review ................................................................... 19
Play the Whole Song! ................................................................. 19

50 PSR-A350
Song Book Sample / /

Before Playing...
Sit Correctly Finger Numbering
3 3
4 2 2 4

5 5
1 1

Left Right

Sit near the middle of the keyboard.

Reading the Score

The Keyboard, Staff Lines, and Clef


1 octave
2 black keys 3 black keys

M
i
d
d
l
e
C D E F G A B C D E F G A B C D E F G A B C D E F G A B C D E F G A B C

Treble clef

Bass clef
Notes and Rests
Key signature
Clef 1 2 3 4
Time signature
Whole note  Whole note rest 
Dotted half note  Dotted half note rest 
Half note  Half note rest
Accidentals

 Dotted quarter note 
 Dotted quarter note rest
(Sharp) Raise a semitone

B (Flat) Lower a semitone


Quarter note  Quarter note rest

N (Natural) Return to normal pitch Eighth note  Eighth note rest




Sixteenth note  Sixteenth note rest
Time Signatures and Counting Time
4/4 time 2/2 time 2/4 time

3/4 time 6/8 time 9/8 time

PSR-A350 51
Song Book Sample / /

Song No.006

Song No.004 Basic

Für Elise
With Step Map

Play with both hands as if gently telling a story. It might help to sing or hum the melody as you play.
Similar melody lines and rhythms are repeated in this song, so there aren’t as many sections to practice as
you might think. Enjoy learning each section as you build proficiency.

From here...

52 PSR-A350
Song Book Sample / /

Song No.006 Für Elise Basic

...to here From here...

...to here

PSR-A350 53
Song Book Sample / /

Song No.006 Für Elise Basic

ed for this
us

ex
rs

erc
Finge

ise
Warm-up Exercise - “The Semitone Mystery”
Let’s start with a warm-up exercise using three fingers of the right hand. Right

We’ll start by ascending and descending the white and black keys. Check out the
illustrations until you understand how the fingers are supposed to move, then get
started!
You’ll find it easier to play if you bend your fingers slightly.

M M
i i
d d
d d
l l
e e
C E C A E

M
i
d
d
l
e
C A B C D

Tip-toe

Go back to the beginning and play it again.

54 PSR-A350
Song Book Sample / /

Song No.006 Für Elise Basic

Diligent Practice Time


Right! Now that we’re warmed up let’s try playing along with the orchestra in 3/4 time.
The melody will be built up little by little.
Compare each line... notice that many of the shapes formed by the notes are very similar.

Short break

Almost done E

PSR-A350 55
Song Book Sample / /

Song No.006 Für Elise Basic

M
Left hand i
d
d
Warm-up Exercise - “Basic Accompaniment” l
e
E A E A C
And now a warm-up exercise for the left hand.
It’s important to spread your fingers widely from the start.
Don’t play the black keys too strongly.

Diligent Practice Time


Connect the notes smoothly, as if the left hand were passing them to the right hand. You’ll be able to play
smoothly if you move the left hand into position for the next phrase as soon as it finishes playing the first
phrase.

56 PSR-A350
Song Book Sample / /

Song No.006 Für Elise Basic

First Half Review


You’ve reached the halfway step! Have you learned all the material provided in the preceding steps?
Now let’s go back and play through all the first-half exercises. If you find that you’re having trouble
playing any of the material, go back and review the steps using the Step Map as a guide.

Diligent Practice Time


OK, let’s begin the second half!
You’ll be able to play the melody nicely if you lift your fingers from the keyboard between the slurs.
It might be easier to grasp the key release timing if you sing along with the melody.
Don’t panic and play too strongly where the left hand has to play short notes.

Always have left-hand finger 5 ready to play the next note!

PSR-A350 57
Song Book Sample / /

Song No.006 Für Elise Basic

Song No.004 Für Elise Basic

Jump to the
Left hand next E!
And again!
Warm-up Exercise - “The Jump Competition”
The first note has a staccato dot.
Spread your fingers wide and jump quickly to the next note! M
i
d
d
l
e
E E C E

with only
his
the
t
You can play

se fi
ngers!

“EEEEE!”
The only note in this step is E!
Make the connection between the left and right hands as smooth as possible.

58 PSR-A350
Song Book Sample / /

Song No.006 Für Elise Basic

“Left! Right! Left! Right!”



Play “D E” repeatedly, alternating the left and right hands.

Have the next hand ready in position to play D so you won’t have to rush.

Right
Left

Second Half Review


Try playing all the way through the second half.
As we did after the first half, if there are places you can’t play with confidence go back and review the steps.

Play the Whole Song!


This is the finishing step!
Don’t be afraid of making mistakes. Just concentrate on playing the entire song from start to finish.
Practice this with the lessons learned in each step in mind, and gradually you’ll master the whole song.

PSR-A350 59
Voice List / /

Maximum Polyphony
The instrument has 32-note maximum polyphony. This means NOTE
that it can play a maximum of up to 32 notes at once, regardless • The Voice List includes MIDI program change numbers for each
voice. Use these program change numbers when playing the
of what functions are used. Auto accompaniment uses a number
instrument via MIDI from an external device.
of the available notes, so when auto accompaniment is used the • Program Numbers 001 to 128 directly relate to MIDI Program
total number of available notes for playing on the keyboard is Change Numbers 000 to 127. That is, Program Numbers and Pro-
correspondingly reduced. The same applies to the Split Voice gram Change Numbers differ by a value of 1. Remember to take
this into consideration.
and Song functions. If the maximum polyphony is exceeded, • Some voices may sound continuously or have a long decay after
earlier played notes will be cut off and the most recent notes the notes have been released while the sustain pedal (footswitch)
have priority (last note priority). is held.

60 PSR-A350
Voice List / /

Panel Voice List Bank Select MIDI


Voice Program
No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name
(0–127) (0–127) (1–128)
61 0 112 41 Violin
Bank Select MIDI 62 0 112 43 Cello
Voice Program 63 0 112 44 Contrabass
MSB LSB Voice Name
No. Change# 64 0 112 47 Harp
(0–127) (0–127) (1–128)
65 0 112 56 Orchestra Hit
PIANO CHOIR
1 0 112 1 Grand Piano 66 0 112 53 Choir
2 0 112 2 Bright Piano 67 0 113 53 Vocal Ensemble
3 0 112 7 Harpsichord 68 0 112 55 Air Choir
4 0 112 4 Honky-tonk Piano 69 0 112 54 Vox Humana
5 0 112 3 MIDI Grand Piano SAXOPHONE
6 0 113 3 CP80 70 0 117 67 Tenor Sax 1
E.PIANO 71 0 112 67 Tenor Sax 2
7 0 114 5 Cool! Galaxy Electric Piano 72 0 112 66 Alto Sax
8 0 113 6 Hyper Tines 73 0 112 65 Soprano Sax
9 0 112 5 Funky Electric Piano 74 0 112 68 Baritone Sax
10 0 112 6 DX Modern Electric Piano 75 0 114 67 Breathy Tenor Sax
11 0 114 6 Venus Electric Piano 76 0 116 66 Sax Ensemble
12 0 112 8 Clavi 77 0 112 72 Clarinet
ORGAN 78 0 112 69 Oboe
13 0 118 19 Cool! Organ 79 0 112 70 English Horn
14 0 117 19 Cool! Rotor Organ 80 0 112 71 Bassoon
15 0 112 17 Jazz Organ 1 TRUMPET
16 0 113 17 Jazz Organ 2 81 0 112 57 Trumpet
17 0 112 19 Rock Organ 82 0 112 58 Trombone
18 0 114 19 Purple Organ 83 0 113 58 Trombone Section
19 0 112 18 Click Organ 84 0 112 60 Muted Trumpet
20 0 116 17 Bright Organ 85 0 112 61 French Horn
21 0 127 19 Theater Organ 86 0 112 59 Tuba
22 0 121 20 16'+2' Organ BRASS
23 0 120 20 16'+4' Organ 87 0 112 62 Brass Section
24 0 113 20 Chapel Organ 88 0 113 62 Big Band Brass
25 0 112 20 Pipe Organ 89 0 116 62 Octave Brass
26 0 112 21 Reed Organ 90 0 113 63 80s Brass
ACCORDION 91 0 119 62 Mellow Horns
27 0 112 22 Musette Accordion 92 0 115 63 Funky Brass
28 0 113 22 Traditional Accordion 93 0 114 63 Techno Brass
29 0 113 24 Bandoneon 94 0 112 63 Synth Brass
30 0 113 23 Modern Harp FLUTE
31 0 112 23 Harmonica 95 0 114 74 Sweet! Flute
GUITAR 96 0 112 74 Flute
32 0 116 25 Dynamic Nylon Guitar 97 0 112 73 Piccolo
33 0 118 30 Dynamic Overdriven 98 0 112 76 Pan Flute
34 0 112 25 Classical Guitar 99 0 112 75 Recorder
35 0 112 26 Folk Guitar 100 0 112 80 Ocarina
36 0 112 27 Jazz Guitar SYNTH
37 0 117 28 60s Clean Guitar 101 0 112 81 Square Lead
38 0 113 26 12Strings Guitar 102 0 112 82 Sawtooth Lead
39 0 112 28 Clean Guitar 103 0 108 82 RS Tech Saw
40 0 113 27 Octave Guitar 104 0 112 88 Under Heim
41 0 112 29 Muted Guitar 105 0 112 85 Portatone
42 0 112 30 Overdriven Guitar 106 0 115 82 Analogon
43 0 112 31 Distortion Guitar 107 0 119 82 Fargo
BASS 108 0 112 86 Voice Lead
44 0 116 34 Dynamic Electric Bass 109 0 121 82 Funky Lead
45 0 112 34 Finger Bass 110 0 118 89 Sweet Heaven
46 0 112 33 Acoustic Bass 111 0 121 89 Dream Heaven
47 0 112 35 Pick Bass 112 0 113 89 Symbiont
48 0 112 36 Fretless Bass 113 0 112 99 Stardust
49 0 112 37 Slap Bass 114 0 112 101 Brightness
50 0 121 40 Funk Bass 115 0 112 92 Xenon Pad
51 0 112 39 Synth Bass 116 0 112 95 Equinox
52 0 113 39 Hi-Q Bass 117 0 112 89 Fantasia
53 0 113 40 Dance Bass 118 0 113 90 Dark Moon
STRINGS 119 0 113 101 Bell Pad
54 0 112 49 Strings 120 0 126 90 RS Analog Pad
55 0 112 50 Chamber Strings 121 0 116 91 RS Short Resonance
56 0 115 50 Marcato Strings PERCUSSION
57 0 113 50 Slow Strings 122 0 112 12 Vibraphone
58 0 112 45 Tremolo Strings 123 0 112 13 Marimba
59 0 112 51 Synth Strings 124 0 112 14 Xylophone
60 0 112 46 Pizzicato Strings

PSR-A350 61
Voice List / /

Bank Select MIDI Bank Select MIDI


Voice Program Voice Program
No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name
(0–127) (0–127) (1–128) (0–127) (0–127) (1–128)
125 0 112 115 Steel Drums 192 126 0 14 2 Telli Kit
126 0 112 9 Celesta 193 126 0 15 Ankara Kit
127 0 112 11 Music Box 194 126 0 17 Azeri Kit
128 0 112 15 Tubular Bells 195 126 0 19 Davul Mix Kit
129 0 112 48 Timpani 196 127 0 1 Standard Kit 1
WORLD 197 127 0 2 Standard Kit 2
130 0 112 106 Banjo 198 127 0 9 Room Kit
131 0 0 111 Fiddle 199 127 0 17 Rock Kit
132 0 0 110 Bagpipe 200 127 0 25 Electronic Kit
133 0 0 16 Dulcimer 201 127 0 26 Analog Kit
134 0 96 16 Cimbalom 202 127 0 113 Dance Kit
135 0 0 109 Kalimba 203 127 0 33 Jazz Kit
136 0 0 105 Sitar 204 127 0 41 Brush Kit
137 0 32 105 Detuned Sitar 205 127 0 49 Symphony Kit
138 0 0 12 Shehnai 206 126 0 41 Cuban Kit
139 0 40 47 Yang Qin 207 126 0 1 SFX Kit 1
140 0 0 107 Shamisen 208 126 0 2 SFX Kit 2
141 0 0 108 Koto 209 126 0 113 Sound Effect Kit
DUAL* ARPEGGIO**
142 – – – Octave Piano 210 – – – Arabic Left
143 – – – Piano & Strings 211 – – – Khaligi Left
144 – – – Piano Pad 212 – – – Maghrebi Left
145 – – – Octave Harpsichord 213 – – – Iranian Left
146 – – – Tiny Electric Piano 214 – – – Turkish Left
147 – – – Electric Piano Pad 215 – – – Finger Bass Left
148 – – – Full Organ 216 – – – Combo Jazz Left
149 – – – Octave Jazz Guitar 217 – – – Paul's Bass Left
150 – – – Octave Strings 218 – – – Trance Bass Left
151 – – – Orchestra Section 219 – – – Piano Ballad Left
152 – – – Octave Pizzicato Strings 220 – – – Piano Arpeggio Left
153 – – – Strings Session 221 – – – Guitar Arpeggio Left
154 – – – Brass Tutti 222 – – – Strum Left
155 – – – Orchestra Tutti 223 – – – Concerto
156 – – – Octave French Horns 224 – – – Brass Section
157 – – – Octave Harp 225 – – – Piano Ballad
158 – – – Orchestra Hit & Timpani 226 – – – Synth Sequence
159 – – – Octave Choir 227 – – – Pickin'
160 – – – Jazz Brass Section 228 – – – Spanish
161 – – – Jazz Section 229 – – – Funky Clavi
162 – – – Ballroom Sax Ensemble ORIENTAL
163 – – – Ballroom Brass 230 0 113 106 Oud
164 – – – Flute & Clarinet 231 0 115 106 Oud Tremolo
165 – – – Trumpet & Trombone 232 0 114 78 Nay
166 – – – Fat Synth Brass 233 0 116 78 Nay Takasim
167 – – – Octave Lead 234 0 113 78 Kawala
168 – – – Super 5th Lead 235 0 113 108 Kanoun
SOUND EFFECTS 236 0 116 108 Kanoun Tremolo
169 0 0 121 Fret Noise 237 0 121 26 Saz
170 0 0 122 Breath Noise 238 0 114 112 Surnay
171 0 0 123 Seashore 239 0 123 26 Bouzouki
172 0 0 124 Bird Tweet 240 0 113 16 Santoor
173 0 0 125 Telephone Ring 241 0 115 41 Rababa
174 0 0 126 Helicopter 242 0 122 26 Bouzouk
175 0 0 127 Applause 243 0 116 106 Baglamas
176 0 0 128 Gunshot 244 0 117 106 Awtar
DRUM KITS 245 0 118 106 Awtar Tremolo
177 126 0 76 Arabic Kit 1 246 0 122 112 Sorna
178 126 0 78 Arabic Kit 2 247 0 114 106 Tar
179 126 0 37 Arabic Kit 3 248 0 114 16 Santuri
180 126 0 65 Arabic Mix Kit 249 0 114 41 Kamanche
181 126 0 73 Khaligi Kit 1 250 0 117 112 Gerba
182 126 0 74 Khaligi Kit 2 251 0 121 112 Gerba Chorus
183 126 0 38 Khaligi Kit 3 252 0 112 112 Dosaleh
184 126 0 66 Khaligi Mix Kit 253 0 115 112 Mijwez
185 126 0 75 Maghrebi Kit 254 0 116 112 Mizmar
186 126 0 77 Iranian Kit 1 255 0 119 112 Mizmar Oct.
187 126 0 79 Iranian Kit 2 256 0 120 112 Al Badou
188 126 0 10 Turkish Kit 1 257 0 118 112 Argoul
189 126 0 11 Turkish Kit 2 258 0 124 22 Accordion
190 126 0 12 Turkish Kit 3 259 0 125 49 Watariyat 1
191 126 0 13 Turkish Kit 4 260 0 127 49 Watariyat 2

62 PSR-A350
Voice List / /

Bank Select MIDI Bank Select MIDI


Voice Program Voice Program
No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name
(0–127) (0–127) (1–128) (0–127) (0–127) (1–128)
261 0 114 46 Pizzicato 306 0 64 13 Sine Marimba
262 0 110 81 Solo 1 307 0 97 13 Balimba
263 0 107 81 Solo 2 308 0 98 13 Log Drums
264 0 108 81 Solo 3 309 0 0 14 Xylophone
265 0 122 63 Brass 310 0 0 15 Tubular Bells
266 0 127 112 Zurna 311 0 96 15 Church Bells
267 0 113 71 Balaban 312 0 97 15 Carillon
268 0 125 22 Garmon XG ORGAN
269 0 111 49 Yayli 313 0 0 17 Drawbar Organ 1
270 0 126 106 AkustikBaglama 314 0 32 17 Detuned Drawbar Organ
271 0 125 106 Ud 315 0 33 17 60s Drawbar Organ 1
272 0 121 111 Kemence 316 0 34 17 60s Drawbar Organ 2
273 0 117 72 Klarnet 317 0 35 17 70s Drawbar Organ 1
274 0 123 74 Kaval 318 0 37 17 60s Drawbar Organ 3
319 0 40 17 16+2'2/3 Organ
* When you select a Voice of the DUAL category, two voices
320 0 64 17 Organ Bass
sound at the same time. 321 0 65 17 70s Drawbar Organ 2
**Selecting a Voice number between 210 and 229 will turn on 322 0 66 17 Cheezy Organ
Arpeggio. 323 0 67 17 Drawbar Organ 2
324 0 0 18 Percussive Organ 1
325 0 24 18 70s Percussive Organ
326 0 32 18 Detuned Percussive Organ
327 0 33 18 Light Organ
328 0 37 18 Percussive Organ 2
329 0 0 19 Rock Organ
330 0 64 19 Rotary Organ
331 0 65 19 Slow Rotary Organ
332 0 66 19 Fast Rotary Organ
333 0 0 20 Church Organ 1
334 0 32 20 Church Organ 3
XGlite Voice List 335 0 35 20 Church Organ 2
336 0 40 20 Notre Dame
337 0 64 20 Organ Flute
338 0 65 20 Tremolo Organ Flute
339 0 0 21 Reed Organ
Bank Select MIDI 340 0 40 21 Puff Organ
Voice Program 341 0 0 22 Accordion
MSB LSB Voice Name
No. Change#
(0–127) (0–127) (1–128) 342 0 0 23 Harmonica 1
XG PIANO 343 0 32 23 Harmonica 2
275 0 0 1 Grand Piano 344 0 0 24 Tango Accordion 1
276 0 1 1 Grand Piano KSP 345 0 64 24 Tango Accordion 2
277 0 40 1 Piano Strings XG GUITAR
278 0 41 1 Dream 346 0 0 25 Nylon Guitar 1
279 0 0 2 Bright Piano 347 0 25 25 Nylon Guitar 3
280 0 1 2 Bright Piano KSP 348 0 43 25 Velocity Guitar Harmonics
281 0 0 3 Electric Grand Piano 349 0 96 25 Ukulele
282 0 1 3 Electric Grand Piano KSP 350 0 0 26 Steel Guitar
283 0 32 3 Detuned CP80 351 0 35 26 12-string Guitar
284 0 0 4 Honky-tonk Piano 352 0 40 26 Nylon & Steel Guitar
285 0 1 4 Honky-tonk Piano KSP 353 0 41 26 Steel Guitar with Body Sound
286 0 0 5 Electric Piano 1 354 0 96 26 Mandolin
287 0 1 5 Electric Piano 1 KSP 355 0 0 27 Jazz Guitar
288 0 32 5 Chorus Electric Piano 1 356 0 32 27 Jazz Amp
289 0 0 6 Electric Piano 2 357 0 0 28 Clean Guitar
290 0 1 6 Electric Piano 2 KSP 358 0 32 28 Chorus Guitar
291 0 32 6 Chorus Electric Piano 2 359 0 0 29 Muted Guitar
292 0 41 6 DX + Analog Electric Piano 360 0 40 29 Funk Guitar
293 0 0 7 Harpsichord 1 361 0 41 29 Muted Steel Guitar
294 0 1 7 Harpsichord KSP 362 0 45 29 Jazz Man
295 0 35 7 Harpsichord 2 363 0 0 30 Overdriven Guitar
296 0 0 8 Clavi 364 0 43 30 Guitar Pinch
297 0 1 8 Clavi KSP 365 0 0 31 Distortion Guitar
XG CHROMATIC 366 0 40 31 Feedback Guitar 1
298 0 0 9 Celesta 367 0 41 31 Feedback Guitar 2
299 0 0 10 Glockenspiel 368 0 0 32 Guitar Harmonics 1
300 0 0 11 Music Box 1 369 0 65 32 Guitar Feedback
301 0 64 11 Music Box 2 370 0 66 32 Guitar Harmonics 2
302 0 0 12 Vibraphone XG BASS
303 0 1 12 Vibraphone KSP 371 0 0 33 Acoustic Bass
304 0 0 13 Marimba 372 0 40 33 Jazz Rhythm
305 0 1 13 Marimba KSP 373 0 45 33 Velocity Crossfade Upright Bass

PSR-A350 63
Voice List / /

Bank Select MIDI Bank Select MIDI


Voice Program Voice Program
No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name
(0–127) (0–127) (1–128) (0–127) (0–127) (1–128)
374 0 0 34 Finger Bass 1 442 0 0 59 Tuba
375 0 18 34 Finger Bass Dark 443 0 0 60 Muted Trumpet
376 0 40 34 Bass & Distorted Electric Guitar 444 0 0 61 French Horn 1
377 0 43 34 Finger Slap Bass 445 0 6 61 French Horn Solo
378 0 45 34 Finger Bass 2 446 0 32 61 French Horn 2
379 0 65 34 Modulated Bass 447 0 37 61 Horn Orchestra
380 0 0 35 Pick Bass 448 0 0 62 Brass Section
381 0 28 35 Muted Pick Bass 449 0 35 62 Trumpet & Trombone Section
382 0 0 36 Fretless Bass 1 450 0 0 63 Synth Brass 1
383 0 32 36 Fretless Bass 2 451 0 20 63 Resonant Synth Brass
384 0 33 36 Fretless Bass 3 452 0 0 64 Synth Brass 2
385 0 34 36 Fretless Bass 4 453 0 18 64 Soft Brass
386 0 0 37 Slap Bass 1 454 0 41 64 Choir Brass
387 0 32 37 Punch Thumb Bass XG REED
388 0 0 38 Slap Bass 2 455 0 0 65 Soprano Sax
389 0 43 38 Velocity Switch Slap 456 0 0 66 Alto Sax
390 0 0 39 Synth Bass 1 457 0 40 66 Sax Section
391 0 40 39 Techno Synth Bass 458 0 0 67 Tenor Sax
392 0 0 40 Synth Bass 2 459 0 40 67 Breathy Tenor Sax
393 0 6 40 Mellow Synth Bass 460 0 0 68 Baritone Sax
394 0 12 40 Sequenced Bass 461 0 0 69 Oboe
395 0 18 40 Click Synth Bass 462 0 0 70 English Horn
396 0 19 40 Synth Bass 2 Dark 463 0 0 71 Bassoon
397 0 40 40 Modular Synth Bass 464 0 0 72 Clarinet
398 0 41 40 DX Bass XG PIPE
XG STRINGS 465 0 0 73 Piccolo
399 0 0 41 Violin 466 0 0 74 Flute
400 0 8 41 Slow Violin 467 0 0 75 Recorder
401 0 0 42 Viola 468 0 0 76 Pan Flute
402 0 0 43 Cello 469 0 0 77 Blown Bottle
403 0 0 44 Contrabass 470 0 0 79 Whistle
404 0 0 45 Tremolo Strings 471 0 0 80 Ocarina
405 0 8 45 Slow Tremolo Strings XG SYNTH LEAD
406 0 40 45 Suspense Strings 472 0 0 81 Square Lead 1
407 0 0 46 Pizzicato Strings 473 0 6 81 Square Lead 2
408 0 0 47 Orchestral Harp 474 0 8 81 LM Square
409 0 0 48 Timpani 475 0 18 81 Hollow
XG ENSEMBLE 476 0 19 81 Shroud
410 0 0 49 Strings 1 477 0 64 81 Mellow
411 0 3 49 Stereo Strings 478 0 65 81 Solo Sine
412 0 8 49 Slow Strings 479 0 66 81 Sine Lead
413 0 35 49 60s Strings 480 0 0 82 Sawtooth Lead 1
414 0 40 49 Orchestra 1 481 0 6 82 Sawtooth Lead 2
415 0 41 49 Orchestra 2 482 0 8 82 Thick Sawtooth
416 0 42 49 Tremolo Orchestra 483 0 18 82 Dynamic Sawtooth
417 0 45 49 Velocity Strings 484 0 19 82 Digital Sawtooth
418 0 0 50 Strings 2 485 0 20 82 Big Lead
419 0 3 50 Stereo Slow Strings 486 0 24 82 Heavy Synth
420 0 8 50 Legato Strings 487 0 96 82 Sequenced Analog
421 0 40 50 Warm Strings 488 0 0 83 Calliope Lead
422 0 41 50 Kingdom 489 0 65 83 Pure Lead
423 0 0 51 Synth Strings 1 490 0 0 84 Chiff Lead
424 0 64 51 Synth Strings 4 491 0 0 85 Charang Lead
425 0 0 52 Synth Strings 2 492 0 64 85 Distorted Lead
426 0 0 53 Choir Aahs 493 0 0 86 Voice Lead
427 0 3 53 Stereo Choir 494 0 0 87 Fifths Lead
428 0 32 53 Mellow Choir 495 0 35 87 Big Five
429 0 40 53 Choir Strings 496 0 0 88 Bass & Lead
430 0 0 54 Voice Oohs 497 0 16 88 Big & Low
431 0 0 55 Synth Voice 1 498 0 64 88 Fat & Perky
432 0 40 55 Synth Voice 2 499 0 65 88 Soft Whirl
433 0 41 55 Choral XG SYNTH PAD
434 0 64 55 Analog Voice 500 0 0 89 New Age Pad
435 0 0 56 Orchestra Hit 1 501 0 64 89 Fantasy
436 0 35 56 Orchestra Hit 2 502 0 0 90 Warm Pad
437 0 64 56 Impact 503 0 0 91 Poly Synth Pad
XG BRASS 504 0 0 92 Choir Pad
438 0 0 57 Trumpet 505 0 66 92 Itopia
439 0 32 57 Warm Trumpet 506 0 0 93 Bowed Pad
440 0 0 58 Trombone 1 507 0 0 94 Metallic Pad
441 0 18 58 Trombone 2 508 0 0 95 Halo Pad

64 PSR-A350
Voice List / /

Bank Select MIDI Bank Select MIDI


Voice Program Voice Program
No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name No. MSB LSB Change# Voice Name
(0–127) (0–127) (1–128) (0–127) (0–127) (1–128)
509 0 0 96 Sweep Pad 576 64 0 17 Flute Key Click
XG SYNTH EFFECTS 577 64 0 33 Shower
510 0 0 97 Rain 578 64 0 34 Thunder
511 0 64 97 Harmo Rain 579 64 0 35 Wind
512 0 65 97 African Wind 580 64 0 36 Stream
513 0 66 97 Carib 581 64 0 37 Bubble
514 0 0 98 Sound Track 582 64 0 38 Feed
515 0 27 98 Prologue 583 64 0 49 Dog
516 0 0 99 Crystal 584 64 0 50 Horse
517 0 12 99 Synth Drum Comp 585 64 0 51 Bird Tweet 2
518 0 14 99 Popcorn 586 64 0 56 Maou
519 0 18 99 Tiny Bells 587 64 0 65 Phone Call
520 0 35 99 Round Glockenspiel 588 64 0 66 Door Squeak
521 0 40 99 Glockenspiel Chimes 589 64 0 67 Door Slam
522 0 41 99 Clear Bells 590 64 0 68 Scratch Cut
523 0 42 99 Chorus Bells 591 64 0 69 Scratch Split
524 0 65 99 Soft Crystal 592 64 0 70 Wind Chime
525 0 70 99 Air Bells 593 64 0 71 Telephone Ring 2
526 0 71 99 Bell Harp 594 64 0 81 Car Engine Ignition
527 0 72 99 Gamelimba 595 64 0 82 Car Tires Squeal
528 0 0 100 Atmosphere 596 64 0 83 Car Passing
529 0 18 100 Warm Atmosphere 597 64 0 84 Car Crash
530 0 19 100 Hollow Release 598 64 0 85 Siren
531 0 40 100 Nylon Electric Piano 599 64 0 86 Train
532 0 64 100 Nylon Harp 600 64 0 87 Jet Plane
533 0 65 100 Harp Vox 601 64 0 88 Starship
534 0 66 100 Atmosphere Pad 602 64 0 89 Burst
535 0 0 101 Brightness 603 64 0 90 Roller Coaster
536 0 0 102 Goblins 604 64 0 91 Submarine
537 0 64 102 Goblins Synth 605 64 0 97 Laugh
538 0 65 102 Creeper 606 64 0 98 Scream
539 0 67 102 Ritual 607 64 0 99 Punch
540 0 68 102 To Heaven 608 64 0 100 Heartbeat
541 0 70 102 Night 609 64 0 101 Footsteps
542 0 71 102 Glisten 610 64 0 113 Machine Gun
543 0 96 102 Bell Choir 611 64 0 114 Laser Gun
544 0 0 103 Echoes 612 64 0 115 Explosion
545 0 65 103 Big Pan 613 64 0 116 Firework
546 0 0 104 Sci-Fi
XG WORLD
547 0 0 78 Shakuhachi
548 0 97 105 Tamboura
549 0 0 106 Banjo
550 0 28 106 Muted Banjo
551 0 97 106 Gopichant
552 0 96 108 Taisho-kin
XG PERCUSSIVE
553 0 0 113 Tinkle Bell
554 0 96 113 Bonang
555 0 97 113 Altair
556 0 98 113 Gamelan Gongs
557 0 99 113 Stereo Gamelan Gongs
558 0 100 113 Rama Cymbal
559 0 0 114 Agogo
560 0 0 115 Steel Drums
561 0 97 115 Glass Percussion
562 0 98 115 Thai Bells
563 0 0 116 Woodblock
564 0 96 116 Castanets
565 0 0 117 Taiko Drum
566 0 96 117 Gran Cassa
567 0 0 118 Melodic Tom
568 0 65 118 Real Tom
569 0 66 118 Rock Tom
570 0 0 119 Synth Drum
571 0 64 119 Analog Tom
572 0 65 119 Electronic Percussion
573 0 0 120 Reverse Cymbal
XG SOUND EFFECTS
574 64 0 1 Cutting Noise
575 64 0 4 String Slap

PSR-A350 65
Drum Kit List / /

•“ ” indicates that the drum sound is the same as “Standard Kit 1”.
• Each percussion voice uses one note.
• The MIDI Note # and Note are actually one octave lower than keyboard
Note # and Note. For example, in “196: Standard Kit 1”, the “Seq Click
H” (Note# 36/Note C1) corresponds to (Note# 24/Note C0).

Voice Numbers 196–209: page 66


Voice Numbers 177–195: page 68

Voice No. 196 197 198 199 200 201 202


MSB (0–127) / LSB (0–127) / PC (1–128) 127/000/001 127/000/002 127/000/009 127/000/017 127/000/025 127/000/026 127/000/113
Keyboard MIDI
Standard Kit 1 Standard Kit 2 Room Kit Rock Kit Electronic Kit Analog Kit Dance Kit
Note# Note Note# Note
25 C# 0 13 C# -1 Surdo Mute
26 D 0 14 D -1 Surdo Open
27 D# 0 15 D# -1 Hi Q
28 E 0 16 E -1 Whip Slap
29 F 0 17 F -1 Scratch Push
30 F# 0 18 F# -1 Scratch Pull
31 G 0 19 G -1 Finger Snap
32 G# 0 20 G# -1 Click Noise
33 A 0 21 A -1 Metronome Click
34 A# 0 22 A# -1 Metronome Bell
35 B 0 23 B -1 Seq Click L
C1 36 C 1 24 C 0 Seq Click H
C#1 37 C# 1 25 C# 0 Brush Tap
D1 38 D 1 26 D 0 Brush Swirl
D#1 39 D# 1 27 D# 0 Brush Slap
E1 40 E 1 28 E 0 Brush Tap Swirl Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal Reverse Cymbal
F1 41 F 1 29 F 0 Snare Roll
F#1 42 F# 1 30 F# 0 Castanet Hi Q 2 Hi Q 2 Hi Q 2
G1 43 G 1 31 G 0 Snare H Soft Snare H Soft 2 Snare Rock H Snare L Snare Rock H Analog Snare Snappy
G#1 44 G# 1 32 G# 0 Sticks
A1 45 A 1 33 A 0 Bass Drum Soft Bass Drum H Bass Drum H Analog Bass Drum Dance 1
A#1 46 A# 1 34 A# 0 Open Rim Shot Open Rim Shot 2 Abalog Snare Open Rim
B1 47 B 1 35 B 0 Bass Drum Hard Bass Drum H Bass Drum Rock Bass Drum Analog L Analog Bass Drum Dance 2
C2 48 C 2 36 C 1 Bass Drum Bass Drum 2 Bass Drum Rock Bass Drum Gate Bass Drum Analog H Analog Bass Drum Dance 3
C#2 49 C# 2 37 C# 1 Side Stick Analog Side Stick Analog Side Stick
D2 50 D 2 38 D 1 Snare M Snare M 2 Snare Room L Snare Rock L Snare Rock L Analog Snare 1 Analog Snare Q
D#2 51 D# 2 39 D# 1 Hand Clap
E2 52 E 2 40 E 1 Snare H Hard Snare H Hard 2 Snare Room H Snare Rock Rim Snare Rock H Analog Snare 2 Analog Snare + Acoustic
F2 53 F 2 41 F 1 Floor Tom L Room Tom 1 Rock Tom 1 Electronic Tom 1 Analog Tom 1 Analog Tom 1
F#2 54 F# 2 42 F# 1 Hi-Hat Closed Analog Hi-Hat Closed 1 Analog Hi-Hat Closed 3
G2 55 G 2 43 G 1 Floor Tom H Room Tom 2 Rock Tom 2 Electronic Tom 2 Analog Tom 2 Analog Tom 2
G#2 56 G# 2 44 G# 1 Hi-Hat Pedal Analog Hi-Hat Closed 2 Analog Hi-Hat Closed 4
A2 57 A 2 45 A 1 Low Tom Room Tom 3 Rock Tom 3 Electronic Tom 3 Analog Tom 3 Analog Tom 3
A#2 58 A# 2 46 A# 1 Hi-Hat Open Analog Hi-Hat Open Analog Hi-Hat Open 2
B2 59 B 2 47 B 1 Mid Tom L Room Tom 4 Rock Tom 4 Electronic Tom 4 Analog Tom 4 Analog Tom 4
C3 60 C 3 48 C 2 Mid Tom H Room Tom 5 Rock Tom 5 Electronic Tom 5 Analog Tom 5 Analog Tom 5
C#3 61 C# 3 49 C# 2 Crash Cymbal 1 Analog Cymbal Analog Cymbal
D3 62 D 3 50 D 2 High Tom Room Tom 6 Rock Tom 6 Electronic Tom 6 Analog Tom 6 Analog Tom 6
D#3 63 D# 3 51 D# 2 Ride Cymbal 1
E3 64 E 3 52 E 2 Chinese Cymbal
F3 65 F 3 53 F 2 Ride Cymbal Cup
F#3 66 F# 3 54 F# 2 Tambourine
G3 67 G 3 55 G 2 Splash Cymbal
G#3 68 G# 3 56 G# 2 Cowbell Analog Cowbell Analog Cowbell
A3 69 A 3 57 A 2 Crash Cymbal 2
A#3 70 A# 3 58 A# 2 Vibraslap
B3 71 B 3 59 B 2 Ride Cymbal 2
C4 72 C 4 60 C 3 Bongo H
C#4 73 C# 4 61 C# 3 Bongo L
D4 74 D 4 62 D 3 Conga H Mute Analog Conga H Analog Conga H
D#4 75 D# 4 63 D# 3 Conga H Open Analog Conga M Analog Conga M
E4 76 E 4 64 E 3 Conga L Analog Conga L Analog Conga L
F4 77 F 4 65 F 3 Timbale H
F#4 78 F# 4 66 F# 3 Timbale L
G4 79 G 4 67 G 3 Agogo H
G#4 80 G# 4 68 G# 3 Agogo L
A4 81 A 4 69 A 3 Cabasa
A#4 82 A# 4 70 A# 3 Maracas Analog Maracas Analog Maracas
B4 83 B 4 71 B 3 Samba Whistle H
C5 84 C 5 72 C 4 Samba Whistle L
C#5 85 C# 5 73 C# 4 Guiro Short
D5 86 D 5 74 D 4 Guiro Long
D#5 87 D# 5 75 D# 4 Claves Analog Claves Analog Claves
E5 88 E 5 76 E 4 Wood Block H
F5 89 F 5 77 F 4 Wood Block L
F#5 90 F# 5 78 F# 4 Cuica Mute Scratch Push Scratch Push Scratch Push
G5 91 G 5 79 G 4 Cuica Open Scratch Pull Scratch Pull Scratch Pull
G#5 92 G# 5 80 G# 4 Triangle Mute
A5 93 A 5 81 A 4 Triangle Open
A#5 94 A# 5 82 A# 4 Shaker
B5 95 B 5 83 B 4 Jingle Bells
C6 96 C 6 84 C 5 Bell Tree
97 C# 6 85 C# 5
98 D 6 86 D 5
99 D# 6 87 D# 5
100 E 6 88 E 5
101 F 6 89 F 5
102 F# 6 90 F# 5
103 G 6 91 G 5

66 PSR-A350
Drum Kit List / /

203 204 205 206 209 Voice No. 207 208


127/000/033 127/000/041 127/000/049 126/000/041 126/000/113 MSB / LSB / PC 126/000/001 126/000/002
Sound Effect Keybaord/MIDI
Jazz Kit Brush Kit Symphony Kit Cuban Kit SFX Kit 1 SFX Kit 2
Kit Note# Note
13 C# -1
14 D -1
15 D# -1
16 E -1
17 F -1
18 F# -1
19 G -1
20 G# -1
21 A -1
Conga H Tip 22 A# -1
Conga H Heel 23 B -1
Conga H Open 24 C 0
Conga H Mute 25 C# 0
Conga H Slap Open 26 D 0
Conga H Slap 27 D# 0
Conga H Slap Mute 28 E 0
Conga L Tip 29 F 0
Drum Loop
Conga L Heel 30 F# 0
Snare Jazz H Light Brush Slap L Conga L Open 31 G 0
Conga L Mute 32 G# 0
Bass Drum L Conga L Slap Open 33 A 0
Conga L Slap 34 A# 0
Gran Cassa Conga L Slide 35 B 0
Bass Drum Jazz Bass Drum Jazz Gran Cassa Mute Bongo H Open 1 finger Heartbeat C1 36 C 1 Cutting Noise 1 Phone Call
Bongo H Open 3 finger Footsteps C#1 37 C# 1 Cutting Noise 2 Door Squeak
Snare Jazz L Brush Slap Marching Snare M Bongo H Rim Door Squeak D1 38 D 1 Door Slam
Bongo H Tip Door Slam D#1 39 D# 1 String Slap Scratch Cut
Snare Jazz M Brush Tap Marching Snare H Bongo H Heel Applause E1 40 E 1 Scratch
Jazz Tom 1 Brush Tom 1 Jazz Tom 1 Bongo H Slap Camera F1 41 F 1 Wind Chime
Bongo L Open 1 finger Horn F#1 42 F# 1 Telephone Ring 2
Jazz Tom 2 Brush Tom 2 Jazz Tom 2 Bongo L Open 3 finger Hiccup G1 43 G 1
Bongo L Rim Cuckoo Clock G#1 44 G# 1
Jazz Tom 3 Brush Tom 3 Jazz Tom 3 Bongo L Tip Stream A1 45 A 1
Bongo L Heel Frog A#1 46 A# 1
Jazz Tom 4 Brush Tom 4 Jazz Tom 4 Bongo L Slap Rooster B1 47 B 1
Jazz Tom 5 Brush Tom 5 Jazz Tom 5 Timbale L Open Dog C2 48 C 2
Hand Cymbal L Cat C#2 49 C# 2
Jazz Tom 6 Brush Tom 6 Jazz Tom 6 Owl D2 50 D 2
Hand Cymbal Short L Horse Gallop D#2 51 D# 2
Horse Neigh E2 52 E 2 Flute Key Click Car Engine Ignition
Paila L Cow F2 53 F 2 Car Tires Squeal
Timbale H Open Lion F#2 54 F# 2 Car Passing
Scratch G2 55 G 2 Car Crash
Yo! G#2 56 G# 2 Siren
Hand Cymbal H Go! A2 57 A 2 Train
Get up! A#2 58 A# 2 Jet Plane
Hand Cymbal Short H Paila H Whoow! B2 59 B 2 Starship
Cowbell Top C3 60 C 3 Burst
C#3 61 C# 3 Roller Coaster
D3 62 D 3 Submarine
D#3 63 D# 3
Guiro Short E3 64 E 3
Guiro Long F3 65 F 3
Huuaah!
F#3 66 F# 3
G3 67 G 3
Tambourine G#3 68 G# 3 Shower Laugh
A3 69 A 3 Thunder Scream
A#3 70 A# 3 Wind Punch
B3 71 B 3 Stream Heartbeat
Maracas C4 72 C 4 Bubble Footsteps
Shaker C#4 73 C# 4 Feed
Cabasa D4 74 D 4
D#4 75 D# 4
E4 76 E 4
F4 77 F 4
Uh!+Hit F#4 78 F# 4
G4 79 G 4
G#4 80 G# 4
A4 81 A 4
A#4 82 A# 4
B4 83 B 4
C5 84 C 5 Dog Machine Gun
Applause 1 C#5 85 C# 5 Horse Laser Gun
Applause 2 D5 86 D 5 Bird Tweet 2 Explosion
Applause 3 D#5 87 D# 5 Firework
Applause 4 E5 88 E 5
F5 89 F 5
F#5 90 F# 5
G5 91 G 5 Maou

PSR-A350 67
Drum Kit List / /

Voice No. 177 178 179 180 181


MSB (0–127) / LSB (0–127) / PC (1–128) 126/000/076 126/000/078 126/000/037 126/000/065 126/000/073
Keyboard MIDI
Arabic Kit 1 Arabic Kit 2 Arabic Kit 3 Arabic Mix Kit Khaligi Kit 1
Note# Note Note# Note
25 C# 0 13 C# -1 Sagat1 Close Zarb Back mf Conga Analog H Khaligi Bongo Low Dom
26 D 0 14 D -1 Sagat2 Close Zarb Tom f Conga Analog M Khaligi Bongo Low Tak
27 D# 0 15 D# -1 Sagat2 Open Zarb Eshareh Conga Analog L Khaligi Bongo Low Sak
28 E 0 16 E -1 Sagat3 Close Zarb Whipping Vibraslap Khaligi Bongo High Snap1
29 F 0 17 F -1 Sagat3 Open Tombak Tom f Kick Techno L Khaligi Bongo High Sak
30 F# 0 18 F# -1 Mazhar Dom Open Neghareh Tom f Side Stick Arabic Mix Khaligi Bongo High Snap2
31 G 0 19 G -1 Mazhar Dom Close Tombak Back f Snare Techno Merjaf Group1 Dom
32 G# 0 20 G# -1 Mazhar Tak Close Neghareh Back f Guiro Long Merjaf Group1 Sak
33 A 0 21 A -1 Mazhar Tak Open Tombak Snap f Kick Techno Q Merjaf Group2 Dom
34 A# 0 22 A# -1 Mazhar Sak Close Neghareh Pelang f Open Rim Shot Merjaf Group2 Tak
35 B 0 23 B -1 Katem Dom1 Tombak Trill Funk Snare 2 Merjaf Group2 Sak
C1 36 C 1 24 C 0 Katem Dom2 Bendir Large Dom Open1 Khaligi Clap 1 Kick Arabic Mix Doholla1 Dom
C#1 37 C# 1 25 C# 0 Katem Tak Open1 Bendir Large Dom Open2 Arabic Zalgouta Open Funk Snare 1 Doholla1 Tak
D1 38 D 1 26 D 0 Katem Tak Open2 Bendir Large Dom Close Khaligi Clap 2 Snare Arabic Mix Doholla1 Sak
D#1 39 D# 1 27 D# 0 Katem Sak1 Bendir Large Sak1 Arabic Zalgouta Close Hand Clap Tabla1 Dom
E1 40 E 1 28 E 0 Katem Sak2 Bendir Large Sak2 Arabic Hand Clap Snare Tabla1 Tak
F1 41 F 1 29 F 0 Tabel Saaidi Dom Bendir Large Tak Open1 Tabel Tak 1 Tom Electro 1 Tabla1 Sak
F#1 42 F# 1 30 F# 0 Tabel Saaidi Tak Bendir Large Tak Open2 Sagat 1 Hi-Hat Closed Arabic Mix Khaligi Conga Low Dom
G1 43 G 1 31 G 0 Tabel Saaidi Rim Bendir Large Flam Tabel Dom Tom Electro 2 Tabla2 Dom
G#1 44 G# 1 32 G# 0 Tabel Dom Bendir Large Flam Element1 Sagat 2 Hi-Hat Half Arabic Mix Tabla2 Tak
A1 45 A 1 33 A 0 Tabel Tak Bendir Large Flam Element2 Tabel Tak 2 Tom Electro 3 Tabla2 Tik
A#1 46 A# 1 34 A# 0 Tabel Tak Wood Bendir Large Flam Element3 Sagat 3 Hi-Hat Open Arabic Mix Tabla2 Sak
B1 47 B 1 35 B 0 Riq Dom Close Bendir Large Flam & Tak Riq Tik 3 Tom Electro 4 Khaligi Hand Clap1
C2 48 C 2 36 C 1 Riq Dom Open Nakrazan Dom Riq Tik 2 Tom Electro 5 Marad Group1 Dom
C#2 49 C# 2 37 C# 1 Riq Tak Close1 Nakrazan Flam Riq Tik Hard 1 Crash Cymbal 1 Marad Group1 Tak
D2 50 D 2 38 D 1 Riq Tak Open Nakrazan Tak 1 Riq Tik 1 Tom Electro 6 Marad Group1 Sak
D#2 51 D# 2 39 D# 1 Riq Tak Close2 Nakrazan Tak 2 Riq Tik Hard 2 Hi-Hat Open 3 Marad Group2 Dom
E2 52 E 2 40 E 1 Riq Tak Snouj Nakrazan Tak 3 Riq Tik Hard 3 Reverse Cymbal Marad Group2 Tak
F2 53 F 2 41 F 1 Riq Sak1 Nakrazan Gliss Down pppp Riq Tish Timbale L Marad Group2 Sak
F#2 54 F# 2 42 F# 1 Riq Snouj Close1 Nakrazan Gliss Down ppp Riq Snouj 2 Conga H Open Marad1 Dom
G2 55 G 2 43 G 1 Riq Snouj Close2 Nakrazan Gliss Down pp Riq Roll Timbale H Marad1 Tak
G#2 56 G# 2 44 G# 1 Riq Flam Nakrazan Gliss Down p Riq Snouj 1 Conga H Mute Marad1 Sak
A2 57 A 2 45 A 1 RIq Sak2 Nakrazan Noise FX Riq Sak Tambourine Marad2 Dom
A#2 58 A# 2 46 A# 1 Riq Snouj Roll Nakrazan Roll1 Riq Snouj 3 Conga L Marad2 Tak
B2 59 B 2 47 B 1 Darbuka Dom Left Hand Nakrazan Roll2 Riq Snouj 4 Cowbell Marad2 Sak
C3 60 C 3 48 C 2 Darbuka Dom Right Hand Katem2 Dom1 Riq Tak 1 Claves Sajat1 Open
C#3 61 C# 3 49 C# 2 Darbuka Tak Left Index Finger Katem2 Dom2 Riq Brass 1 Bongo H Sajat1 Close
D3 62 D 3 50 D 2 Darbuka Tak Right Index Finger Katem2 Tak Open1 Riq Tak 2 Wood Block H Sajat2 Open
D#3 63 D# 3 51 D# 2 Darbuka Sak1 Katem2 Tak Open2 Riq Brass 2 Bongo L Sajat2 Close
E3 64 E 3 52 E 2 Darbuka Tak Left Ring Finger Katem2 Sak Riq Dom Wood Block L Sigal Marad Dom
F3 65 F 3 53 F 2 Darbuka Tak Right Ring Finger Katem2 Sak Close1 Katem Tak Doff Kurdish Dohol Low f Sigal Marad Tak
F#3 66 F# 3 54 F# 2 Darbuka Tap1 Katem2 Sak Close2 Katem Dom Cabasa Sigal Marad Sak
G3 67 G 3 55 G 2 Darbuka Tap2 Katem2 Flam1 Katem Sak 1 Kurdish Dohol High f Taar Barashim Group1 Dom
G#3 68 G# 3 56 G# 2 Darbuka Flam1 Katem2 Flam2 Katem Tak 1 Shaker Taar Barashim Group1 Sak
A3 69 A 3 57 A 2 Darbuka Flam2 Katem2 Tak Close1 Katem Sak 2 Snap 1 Taar Barashim Group1 Tak
A#3 70 A# 3 58 A# 2 Darbuka Tak Roll Katem2 Tak Close2 Katem Tak 2 Maracas Taar Barashim Group2 Sak
B3 71 B 3 59 B 2 Daholla Dom Left Hand Katem2 Trem Dom Daholla Sak 2 Snap 2 Taar Barashim Group2 Dom
C4 72 C 4 60 C 3 Daholla Dom Right Hand Katem Medium Dom Open1 Daholla Sak 1 Khaligi Twaisat 3 Taar Barashim Group2 Tak
C#4 73 C# 4 61 C# 3 Daholla Tak1 Katem Medium Dom Open2 Daholla Tak 1 Khaligi Twaisat 1 Taar Barashim1 Dom
D4 74 D 4 62 D 3 Daholla Tak2 Katem Medium Dom Close1 Daholla Dom Khaligi Twaisat 2 Taar Barashim1 Sak
D#4 75 D# 4 63 D# 3 Daholla Tak3 Katem Medium Dom Close2 Daholla Tak 2 Khaligi Twaisat 5 Open Taar Barashim2 Dom
E4 76 E 4 64 E 3 Daholla Tak4 Katem Medium Tak1 Tablah Prok Khaligi Twaisat 4 Open Taar Barashim2 Sak
F4 77 F 4 65 F 3 Daholla Sak Katem Medium Tak2 Tablah Dom 2 Khaligi Tablah Small Dom Sigal Taar Barashim Dom
F#4 78 F# 4 66 F# 3 Daholla Rak1 Katem Medium Sak1 Tablah Roll of Edge Khaligi Tar Barashim Group Dom Sigal Taar Barashim Tak
G4 79 G 4 67 G 3 Daholla Rak2 Katem Medium Sak2 Tablah Tak Finger 4 Khaligi Tablah Small Snap Sigal Taar Barashim Sak
G#4 80 G# 4 68 G# 3 Daholla Flam1 Katem Medium Flam Tablah Tak Trill 1 Khaligi Tar Barashim Group Sak Taar Barashim Shake
A4 81 A 4 69 A 3 Daholla Flam2 Katem Medium Flam Element1 Tablah Tak Finger 3 Khaligi Tablah Small Sak Manjoor Normal
A#4 82 A# 4 70 A# 3 Daholla Tak Roll Katem Medium Flam Element2 Tablah Tak Trill 2 Khaligi Tar Barashim Group Tak Zeer1 Dom
B4 83 B 4 71 B 3 Tabla Dom & Tak Katem Medium Flam&Tak Tablah Tak Finger 2 Khaligi Tablah Small Tik Zeer1 Flam
C5 84 C 5 72 C 4 Tabla Dom Katem Small Dom Open Tablah Tak Finger 1 Khaligi Tablah Big Dom 1 Zeer2 Dom1
C#5 85 C# 5 73 C# 4 Tabla Tak1 Katem Small Dom Close1 Tablah Tik 2 Khaligi Tar Segal Dom Zeer2 Flam
D5 86 D 5 74 D 4 Tabla Tak2 Katem Small Dom Close2 Tablah Tik 4 Khaligi Tablah Big Tak 1 Zeer2 Dom2
D#5 87 D# 5 75 D# 4 Tabla Tak3 Katem Small Tak1 Tablah Tik 3 Khaligi Tar Segal Tak Zeer3 Tak1
E5 88 E 5 76 E 4 Tabla Tak4 Katem Small Tak2 Tablah Tik 1 Khaligi Tablah Big Sak 1 Zeer3 Dom1
F5 89 F 5 77 F 4 Tabla Sak Katem Small Sak Tablah Tak 3 Tablah Dom 1 Zeer3 Dom2
F#5 90 F# 5 78 F# 4 Tabla Rak1 Katem Small Flam Tablah Tak 1 Tablah Tak 1 Zeer3 Tak2
G5 91 G 5 79 G 4 Tabla Rak2 Katem Small Flam Element1 Tablah Tak 4 Tablah Tremolo Tabol Low Dom
G#5 92 G# 5 80 G# 4 Tabla Flam1 Katem Small Flam Element2 Tablah Tak 2 Tablah Tak 2 Tabol Low Tak
A5 93 A 5 81 A 4 Tabla Flam2 Katem Small Flam Element3 Tablah Sak 2 Tablah Tik 1 Tabol Low Sak
A#5 94 A# 5 82 A# 4 Tabla Tak Roll Katem Small Flam & Tak Tablah Tremolo Tablah Sak 1 Tabol High Dom
B5 95 B 5 83 B 4 Djembe Dom1 Katem Small Finger Tak Tablah Sak 1 Tablah Tik 3 Tabol High Tak
C6 96 C 6 84 C 5 Djembe Dom2 Tablah Dom 1 Tablah Tik 2 Tabol High Sak
97 C# 6 85 C# 5 Djembe Tak1 Req Dom
98 D 6 86 D 5 Djembe Tak2 Req Sajat
99 D# 6 87 D# 5 Djembe Flame Req Open
100 E 6 88 E 5 Djembe Flame & Tak Req Sak
101 F 6 89 F 5 Arabic Zalgouta Open Req Roll
102 F# 6 90 F# 5 Arabic Zalgouta Close Khaligi Conga High Dom
103 G 6 91 G 5 Arabic Hand Clap Khaligi Conga High Sak

68 PSR-A350
Drum Kit List / /

182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189


126/000/074 126/000/038 126/000/066 126/000/075 126/000/077 126/000/079 126/000/010 126/000/011
Khaligi Kit 2 Khaligi Kit 3 Khaligi Mix Kit Maghrebi Kit Iranian Kit 1 Iranian Kit 2 Turkish Kit 1 Turkish Kit 2
Sajat1 Open Khaligi Bongo L Dom Zalgouta Open Tunisian Tabel Dom1 Udho Tom Hole Bendir Suat Tek 1 Bendir Suat Tek 1
Sajat1 Close Khaligi Bongo L Tak Bell Tree Tunisian Tabel Dom2 Udho Tom Hole Stop Bendir Suat Dum Bendir Suat Dum
Sajat2 Open Khaligi Bongo H Sak Zalgouta Close Tunisian Tabel Tak1 Udho Back1 Bendir Suat Tek 2 Bendir Suat Tek 2
Sajat2 Close Khaligi Bongo H Dom Timbale H Tunisian Tabel Tak2 Udho Back2 Bendir Suat Kap Bendir Suat Kap
Sajat2 Hawan Tabel Lewa H Sak Timbale L Tunisian Tabel Tak3 Udho Chap Body Bendir Suat Tek 3 Bendir Suat Tek 3
Req Open Khaligi Bongo Snap Conga H Mute Tunisian Tabel Dom3 Udho Chap Skin Emn Bendir Tek1 Emn Bendir Tek 1
Req Sajat Tabel Lewa H Dom Bongo H Tunisian Tabla Dom Udho Chap Top Hole Emn Bendir Dum Emn Bendir Dum
Req Dom Lewa Cymbal 2 Conga H Open Tunisian Tabla Tak1 Udho Flam Skin Emn Bendir Tek2 Emn Bendir Tek 2
Req Sak Tabel Lewa Bg Dom Bongo L Tunisian Tabla Tak2 Udho Flam Body Emn Bendir Kapali Emn Bendir Kapali
Req Roll Lewa Cymbal 1 Conga L Tunisian Tabla Sak Udho Roll Body Emn Bendir Tek3 Emn Bendir Tek 3
Manjoor Normal Tabel Lewa Bg Tak Shaker Tunisian Tabla Tak Mute Udho Roll Skin Emn Bendir Tek4 Emn Bendir Tek 4
Doholla2 Dom Tablah Big Dom 1 Tablah Dom 1 Tunisian Bendir1 Dom1 Tombak Tom Ayt Def Parmak Zil Dum Ayt Def Parmak Zil Dum
Doholla2 Tak Tablah Big Tak 1 Tablah Tak Finger 3 Tunisian Bendir1 Dom2 Tombak Chap1 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Roll Ayt Def Parmak Zil Roll
Doholla2 Sak Tablah Big Sak 1 Tablah Tik 3 Tunisian Bendir1 Tak Close1 Tombak Chap2 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek2 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek2
Merwas Group Dom Tablah Big Dom 2 Tablah Tak Finger 4 Tunisian Bendir1 Tak Open1 Tombak Back1 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek3 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek3
Merwas Group Sak Tablah Big Tak 2 Tablah Tik 4 Tunisian Bendir1 Tak Open2 Tombak Nail Swish Castanet Flam1 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek4 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek4
Merwas Group Tak Tablah Big Sak 2 Tablah Tik 1 Tunisian Bendir1 Tak Mute Tombak Edge Castanet Flam2 Mc Parmak Def Dum Mc Parmak Def Dum
Merwas Dom Tablah Smll Snp 2 Tablah Tremolo Tunisian Bendir1 Tak Close2 Tombak Roll 8Fingers Castanet Left Normal Mc Parmak Def Roll Mc Parmak Def Roll
Merwas Sak Tablah Small Dom Cowbell Tunisian Bendir1 Tak Close3 Tombak Flam1 Castanet Left Mute Mc Parmak Def Tek 1 Mc Parmak Def Tek 1
Merwas Tak Tablah Small Snap Hand Clap Tunisian Bendir1 Tak Close4 Tombak Flam2 Castanet Left Normal L&R Mc Parmak Def Tek 2 Mc Parmak Def Tek 2
Khaligi Hand Clap2 Tablah Small Tik Tambourine Tunisian Bendir1 Tak Open3 Tombak Flam Rim Castanet Left Mute L&R Mc Parmak Def Tek 3 Mc Parmak Def Tek 3
Khaligi Hand Clap3 Tablah Small Sak Snare Tight Tunisian Bendir1 Roll Tombak Back2 Castanet Right Normal Mc Parmak Def Tek 4 Mc Parmak Def Tek 4
Khaligi Hand Clap4 Manjoor Kick Analog Short Tunisian Bendir2 Dom Roll Tombak Slap Castanet Right Mute Mc Parmak Def Kenar Udu Dum 1
Marad Group1 Dom Twaisat 1 Kick Tunisian Bendir2 Dom Open Daf Tom Goosha Naghareh Low Ayt Open Def Dum Ayt Open Def Dum
Marad Group1 Tak Twaisat 4 Open Crash Cymbal 1 Tunisian Bendir2 Dom Close Daf Chain Up Goosha Naghareh Low Rim Ayt Open Def Roll Ayt Open Def Roll
Marad Group1 Sak Twaisat 5 Open Snare Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Small Daf Back Goosha Naghareh Low Flam Ayt Open Def Tokat Ayt Open Def Tokat
Marad Group2 Dom Twaisat 2 Crash Cymbal 2 Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Open1 Daf Chain Down Goosha Naghareh High1 Ayt Open Def Tek 1 Ayt Open Def Tek 1
Marad Group2 Tak Tar Low Dom 1 Side Stick Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Open2 Daf Side No Chain Goosha Naghareh High2 Ayt Open Def Tek 2 Ayt Open Def Tek 2
Marad Group2 Sak Tar Low Sak 1 Floor Tom L Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Mute Daf Roll Goosha Naghareh High Rim T Drbk Dum Udu Dum 2
Kaser Flam Tar Segal Dom Hi-Hat Closed Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Close1 Daf Roll Chain Goosha Naghareh High Flam T Drbk Roll Udu Bass Tek 2
Kaser Dom1 Tar Low Dom 2 Floor Tom H Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Close2 Daf Roll Rim Finger Cymbal Open Left T Drbk Tok Udu Bass Tek 3
Kaser Sak1 Tar Segal Tak Hi-Hat Pedal Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Close3 Daf Slap Open Finger Cymbal Mute Left T Drbk Tek 1 Udu Bass Tek 4
Kaser Dom2 Tar Low Dom 2 Low Tom Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Open3 Daf Slap Mute Finger Cymbal Open Right T Drbk Tek 2 Udu Bass Tek 5
Kaser Sak2 Tar Segal Sak Hi-Hat Open Tunisian Bendir2 Tak Open4 Naghareh Roll Finger Cymbal Mute Right T Drbk Tek 3 Udu High Tek 1
Taar Barashim Shake Arabic Hand Clap Mid Tom L Darbouka Finger Roll Naghareh Tom Finger Cymbal Mute L&R T Drbk Tek 4 Udu High Tek 2
Rana Low1 Dom Tar High Dom 1 Mid Tom H Darbouka Dom Naghareh Snap Iranian Bendir2 Tom Ayt Alm Tek 1 Mc Kemik Def Left Dum
Rana Low2 Dom Tar High Sak 1 Finger Snap 1 Darbouka Tak Close1 Naghareh Side Iranian Bendir2 Rim1 Ayt Alm Tek 2 Mc Kemik Def Left Tek1
Rana Low1 Tak Tar High Dom 2 Chinese Cymbal Darbouka Tak Close2 Naghareh Flam 3Fingers Iranian Bendir2 Rim2 Ayt Alm Tek 3 Mc Kemik Def Left Tek2
Rana Low2 Tak Tar High Sak 2 Finger Snap 2 Darbouka Tak Open1 Naghareh Back Iranian Bendir2 Back Ayt Alm Tek 4 Mc Kemik Def Left Tek3
Rana Low1 Sak Khaligi Clap 1 Riq Brass 2 Darbouka Tak Open2 Dohol Gorz Iranian Bendir2 Slap Ayt Alm Tek 5 Mc Kemik Def Left Tek4
Rana Low2 Sak Khaligi Clap 2 Riq Brass 1 Darbouka Tak Open3 Dohol Gorz & Tarkeh Iranian Bendir2 Rim Edge Suat Darbuka Dum Suat Darbuka Dum
Rana High1 Dom Merwas Solo 1 Dom Riq Tish Darbouka Tak Open4 Dohol Tarkeh1 Iranian Bendir2 Edge Mute Suat Darbuka Roll Suat Darbuka Roll
Rana High2 Dom Merwas Solo 2 Dom Riq Snouj 1 Darbouka Tak Close3 Dohol Tarkeh2 Iranian Bendir2 Flam Rim Suat Darbuka Tokat Suat Darbuka Tokat
Rana High1 Tak Merwas Solo 1 Sak Riq Roll Darbouka Tak Close4 Req Tom & Zang Iranian Bendir2 Flam Back Suat Darbuka Tek1 Suat Darbuka Tek1
Rana High2 Tak Merwas Solo 2 Sak Riq Snouj 2 Darbouka Tak Open5 Req Chap Zang Open Iranian Bendir2 Flam Tom Suat Darbuka Tek2 Suat Darbuka Tek2
Rana High1 Sak Merwas Solo 1 Tak Riq Sak 1 Darbouka Tak Open6 Req Slap Iranian Bendir2 Rim Roll Suat Darbuka Tek3 Suat Darbuka Tek3
Rana High2 Sak Merwas Solo 2 Tak Riq Dom Darbouka Hand Roll Tombak Tempo Roll Iranian Bendir2 Roll Suat Darbuka Tek4 Udu High Tek 3
Medando1 Dom Tar Brshm Grp Dom Riq Snouj 3 Moroccan Bendir1 Dom Open Tombak Tempo Tom Tempo Edge Tom Cajon List Cajon List
Medando2 Dom Tar Brshm Grp Sak Tombak Back Moroccan Bendir1 Dom Close Tombak Tempo Rim Flam Tempo Rim 1 Tsm Mix List Tsm Mix List
Medando1 Sak Tar Brshm Grp Tak Tombak Tom Moroccan Bendir1 Tik Open Tombak Tempo Back 1 Tempo Tom 1 Art Bass Bendir Dum Hallo Stereo Dum
Medando2 Sak Tar Brshm Sl Sak Tombak Snap Moroccan Bendir1 Tik Close1 Tombak Tempo Back 2 Tempo Tom Slap Hallo Stereo Kapali Hallo Stereo Kapali
Medando Flam Tar Brshm Sl Dom Tombak Eshareh R Moroccan Bendir1 Tik Close2 Tombak Tempo Rim Tempo Rim 2 Art Bass Bendir Tek1 Udu High Tek 4
Mesando Dom Tar Brshm Sl Tak Claves Moroccan Bendir1 Zim Tombak Tempo Rim Muted Tempo Tom 2 Mc Bass Darbuka Dum Mc Bass Darbuka Dum
Mesando Sak1 Yahla Dom 1 Daf Chap Moroccan Bendir2 Dom Open Tombak Tempo Slap Tempo Back Mc Bass Darbuka Roll1 Mc Bass Darbuka Roll1
Mesando Sak2 Yahla Tak 1 Daf Tom Moroccan Bendir2 Dom Close Zarb Back Tempo Side 1 Mc Bass Darbuka Tokat Mc Bass Darbuka Tokat
Schekanka Dom Yahla Dom 2 Daf Full Roll Moroccan Bendir2 Tik Close1 Zarb Flam Open Tempo Side 2 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek1 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek1
Schekanka Sak 1 Yahla Tak 2 Triangle Mute Moroccan Bendir2 Tik Close2 Zarb Rim Tempo Flam Rim Mc Bass Darbuka Tek2 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek2
Schekanka Sak 2 Nagara High Daf Back Moroccan Bendir2 Tik Open Zarb Slap Tempo Flam Side Mc Bass Darbuka Tek3 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek3
Tanak Dom 1 Nagara Low Triangle Open Moroccan Bendir2 Zim Zarb Roll Tempo Roll Mc Bass Darbuka Tek4 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek4
Tanak Dom 2 Zeer Low Dom 1 Neghareh Tom Moroccan Bendir3 Dom Open Dayereh Tom Tempo Flam Tom Dansoz Zili 1 Udu High Tek 5
Khaligi Conga High Dom Zeer Low Roll Neghareh Back Moroccan Bendir3 Edge Open Dayereh Tom Muted Tempo Snap Rim Dansoz Zili 2 Ayt Alm Tek 1
Khaligi Conga High Sak1 Zeer Low Dom 2 Neghareh Roll Moroccan Bendir3 Tik Close Dayereh Rim 1 Tempo Snap Rim Mute Dansoz Zili 3 Ayt Alm Tek 2
Khaligi Conga High Sak2 Zeer High Roll Neghareh Snap Moroccan Bendir3 Tik Open Dayereh Rim Muted Tempo Mute Nail 1 Dansoz Zili 4 Ayt Alm Tek 3
Khaligi Conga Low Dom Zeer Low Dom 2 Wood Block H Moroccan Bendir3 Tik Stop Dayereh Rim 2 Tempo Mute Nail 2 Ayt Darbuka Roll2 Ayt Darbuka Roll2
Khaligi Conga Low Sak Zeer High Dom 1 Wood Block L Moroccan Tamtam Low Dayereh Snap Tempo Mute Nail 3 Ayt Darbuka Dum Ayt Darbuka Dum
Ras Low Dom Tabel Low Dom Zarb Back Moroccan Tamtam Hi Dayereh Rim Edge Tempo Rim Roll Ayt Darbuka Roll1 Ayt Darbuka Roll1
Ras High Dom Zeer High Dom 2 Zarb Tom Moroccan Taarija1 Dom Dayereh Soft Roll Iranian Bongo Low Tom Ayt Darbuka Tok Ayt Darbuka Tok
Ras Low Sak Tabel Low Tak Zarb Eshareh Moroccan Taarija1 Tik Dayereh Tom Roll Iranian Bongo High Back Left Ayt Darbuka Tek1 Ayt Darbuka Tek1
Sigal Marad Dom Tabel High Dom Zarb Whipping Moroccan Taarija2 Dom Dayereh Rim Roll Iranian Bongo High Back Right Ayt Darbuka Tek2 Ayt Darbuka Tek2
Sigal Marad Tak Tabel High Sak Zarb Chap Moroccan Taarija2 Tik Dayereh Flam Tom Iranian Bongo High Mute Right Ayt Darbuka Tek3 Ayt Darbuka Tek3
Sigal Marad Sak Tabel High Tak Hi-Hat Closed Anlog Moroccan Taarija3 Dom Dayereh Flam Back Iranian Bongo Low Flam Ayt Darbuka Tek4 Ayt Darbuka Tek4
Kasoor Dom Tabel Low Sak Hi-Hat Open Anlog Algerian Bendir Deza Iranian Bendir1 Tom Iranian Bongo High Flam Ayt Darbuka Tek5 Ayt Darbuka Tek5
Kasoor Sak Riq Tish Tar Brshm Solo Sak Algerian Bendir Tak Droit Iranian Bendir1 Rim Iranian Bongo Low Roll Art Bass Bendir Tek2 Ayt Alm Tek 4
Kheshba Dom Tabel Mid Dom Tar High Sak 1 Algerian Bendir Tak Guche Iranian Bendir1 Rim Edge Iranian Bongo High Roll Ayt Darbuka Trak2 Mc Kemik Def List
Kheshba Sak Riq Snouj 1 Khishiba Dom 1 Algerian Bendir Kaf Iranian Bendir1 Slap Zangooleh Roll Ayt Alm Roll 2 Ayt Alm Roll 2
Jahla Group Dom Tabel High Dom Khishiba Dom 2 Algerian Galal Daza Iranian Bendir1 Back Zangooleh Shot Ayt Alm Dum2 Art Bass Bendir Tek1
Jahla Group Sak Tabel Low Dom Khishiba Sak 1 Algerian Galal Daza Gauche Iranian Bendir1 Back Flam Ayt Alm Dum1 Ayt Alm Dum1
Jahla Dom Khishiba Dom 3 Algerian Galal Taka Droite Iranian Bendir1 Edge Ayt Alm Roll 1 Ayt Alm Roll 1
Jahla Sak Khishiba Sak 2 Algerian Galal Taka Gauche Iranian Bendir1 Roll Ayt Alm Tokat Ayt Alm Tokat

PSR-A350 69
Drum Kit List / /

Voice No. 190 191 192 193 194 195


MSB (0–127) / LSB (0–127) / PC (1–128) 126/000/012 126/000/013 126/000/014 126/000/015 126/000/017 126/000/019
Keyboard MIDI
Turkish Kit 3 Turkish Kit 4 2 Telli Kit Ankara Kit Azeri Kit Davul Mix Kit
Note# Note Note# Note
25 C# 0 13 C# -1 Bendir Suat Tek 1 Bendir Suat Tek 1 Cirpak Darbuka 1 Tek2 Bendir Suat Tek 1 Bendir Suat Tek 1 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek2
26 D 0 14 D -1 Bendir Suat Dum Bendir Suat Dum Cirpak Darbuka 1 Tek3 Bendir Suat Dum Bendir Suat Dum Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek3
27 D# 0 15 D# -1 Bendir Suat Tek 2 Bendir Suat Tek 2 Cirpak Darbuka 1 Tek4 Bendir Suat Tek 2 Bendir Suat Tek 2 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek4
28 E 0 16 E -1 Bendir Suat Kap Bendir Suat Kap Dansoz Zili 1 Bendir Suat Kap Bendir Suat Kap
29 F 0 17 F -1 Bendir Suat Tek 3 Bendir Suat Tek 3 Grup Davul Dum 1 Bendir Suat Tek 3 Bendir Suat Tek 3 Grup Davul Dum 1
30 F# 0 18 F# -1 Dansoz Zili 1 Emn Bendir Tek1 Dansoz Zili 2 Emn Bendir Tek1 Emn Bendir Tek1 Grup Davul Dum Cr
31 G 0 19 G -1 Dansoz Zili 2 Emn Bendir Dum Grup Davul Dum 2 Emn Bendir Dum Emn Bendir Dum Grup Davul Dum 2
32 G# 0 20 G# -1 Dansoz Zili 3 Emn Bendir Tek 2 Grup Davul Tek 1 Emn Bendir Tek2 Emn Bendir Tek2 Grup Davul Tek 1
33 A 0 21 A -1 Dansoz Zili 4 Emn Bendir Kapali Grup Davul Tek 2 Emn Bendir Kapali Emn Bendir Kapali Grup Davul Tek 2
34 A# 0 22 A# -1 Suat Drbk Tokat Emn Bendir Tek 3 Grup Davul Tek 3 Emn Bendir Tek3 Emn Bendir Tek3 Grup Davul Tek 3
35 B 0 23 B -1 Ayt Alm Tek 1 Emn Bendir Tek 4 Grup Davul Tek 4 Emn Bendir Tek4 Emn Bendir Tek4 Grup Davul Tek 4
C1 36 C 1 24 C 0 Ayt Open Def Dum Ayt Open Def Dum Ayt Open Def Dum Ayt Open Def Dum Ayt Def Parmak Zil Dum Ayt Open Def Dum
C#1 37 C# 1 25 C# 0 Ayt Alm Tek 2 Ayt Open Def Roll Ayt Open Def Roll Ayt Open Def Roll Ayt Def Parmak Zil Roll Ayt Open Def Roll
D1 38 D 1 26 D 0 Ayt Open Def Tokat Ayt Open Def Tokat Ayt Open Def Tokat Ayt Open Def Tokat Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek2 Ayt Open Def Tokat
D#1 39 D# 1 27 D# 0 Ayt Open Def Tek 1 Ayt Open Def Tek 1 Ayt Open Def Tek 1 Ayt Open Def Tek 1 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek3 Ayt Open Def Tek 1
E1 40 E 1 28 E 0 Ayt Open Def Tek 2 Ayt Open Def Tek 2 Ayt Open Def Tek 2 Ayt Open Def Tek 2 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek4 Ayt Open Def Tek 2
F1 41 F 1 29 F 0 T Drbk Dum Dansoz Zili 1 T Drbk Dum T Drbk Dum Mc Parmak Def Dum T Drbk Dum
F#1 42 F# 1 30 F# 0 Ayt Alm Tek 3 Dansoz Zili 2 Dansoz Zili 3 T Drbk Roll Mc Parmak Def Roll T Drbk Roll
G1 43 G 1 31 G 0 T Drbk Tok Dansoz Zili 3 Dansoz Zili 4 T Drbk Tok Mc Parmak Def Tek 1 T Drbk Tok
G#1 44 G# 1 32 G# 0 Ayt Alm Tek 4 Dansoz Zili 4 T Drbk Tek 1 T Drbk Tek 1 Mc Parmak Def Tek 2 T Drbk Tek 1
A1 45 A 1 33 A 0 Tsm Mix Dum Suat Darbuka Dum T Drbk Tek 2 T Drbk Tek 2 Mc Parmak Def Tek 3 T Drbk Tek 2
A#1 46 A# 1 34 A# 0 Tsm Mix Kapal? 2 Suat Darbuka Roll T Drbk Tek 3 T Drbk Tek 3 Mc Parmak Def Tek 4 T Drbk Tek 3
B1 47 B 1 35 B 0 Tsm Mix Tek1 Suat Darbuka Tokat Stereo Bendir Dum T Drbk Tek 4 Mc Parmak Def Kenar T Drbk Tek 4
C2 48 C 2 36 C 1 EQ Darbuka Tir 3 Suat Darbuka Tek 1 Stereo Bendir Kap EQ Darbuka Tir 3 Ayt Open Def Dum Dansoz Zili 1
C#2 49 C# 2 37 C# 1 EQ Darbuka Tir 2 EQ Darbuka Tir 2 Stereo Bendir Tek1 EQ Darbuka Tir 2 Ayt Open Def Roll Dansoz Zili 2
D2 50 D 2 38 D 1 Tsm Mix Tek 2 EQ Darbuka Tir 1 Stereo Bendir Tek2 Dansoz Zili 2 Ayt Open Def Tokat Dansoz Zili 3
D#2 51 D# 2 39 D# 1 Tsm Mix Tek 3 EQ Darbuka Roll 2 EQ Darbuka Roll 2 Dansoz Zili 3 Ayt Open Def Tek 1 Dansoz Zili 4
E2 52 E 2 40 E 1 Tsm Mix Tek 4 EQ Darbuka Dum 2 EQ Darbuka Dum2 Dansoz Zili 4 Ayt Open Def Tek 2 Ayt Def Parmak Zil Dum
F2 53 F 2 41 F 1 EQ Darbuka Dum1 EQ Darbuka Dum 1 EQ Darbuka Dum1 Suat Darbuka Dum T Drbk Dum EQ Darbuka Dum1
F#2 54 F# 2 42 F# 1 EQ Darbuka Roll 1 EQ Darbuka Roll 1 EQ Darbuka Roll 1 Suat Darbuka Tok T Drbk Roll Ayt Def Parmak Zil Tek1
G2 55 G 2 43 G 1 EQ Darbuka Tokat EQ Darbuka Tokat EQ Darbuka Tokat Suat Darbuka Tek5 T Drbk Tok EQ Darbuka Tokat
G#2 56 G# 2 44 G# 1 EQ Darbuka Tek01 EQ Darbuka Tek 01 EQ Darbuka Tek01 EQ Darbuka Tek 01 T Drbk Tek 1 EQ Darbuka Tek01
A2 57 A 2 45 A 1 EQ Darbuka Tek02 EQ Darbuka Tek 02 EQ Darbuka Tek02 EQ Darbuka Tek 02 T Drbk Tek 2 EQ Darbuka Tek02
A#2 58 A# 2 46 A# 1 EQ Darbuka Tek03 EQ Darbuka Tek 03 EQ Darbuka Tek03 EQ Darbuka Tek 03 T Drbk Tek 3 Stereo Bendir Dum
B2 59 B 2 47 B 1 EQ Darbuka Tek04 EQ Darbuka Tek 04 EQ Darbuka Tek04 EQ Darbuka Tek 04 T Drbk Tek 4 Stereo Bendir Kap
C3 60 C 3 48 C 2 EQ Darbuka Tek05 EQ Darbuka Tek 05 EQ Darbuka Rak 1 EQ Darbuka Tek 05 Mc Kemik Def Left Dum Stereo Bendir Tek1
C#3 61 C# 3 49 C# 2 EQ Darbuka Tek06 EQ Darbuka Tek 06 EQ Darbuka Tek10 EQ Darbuka Tek 06 Mc Kemik Def Left Tek1 Stereo Bendir Tek2
D3 62 D 3 50 D 2 EQ Darbuka Tek07 Suat Darbuka Tek 2 Cirpak Darbuka 1 Roll EQ Darbuka Tek 07 Mc Kemik Def Left Tek2 Hallo Stereo Dum
D#3 63 D# 3 51 D# 2 EQ Darbuka Tek08 Suat Darbuka Tek 3 Cirpak Darbuka 1 Dum EQ Darbuka Tek 08 Mc Kemik Def Left Tek3 Hallo Stereo Kapali
E3 64 E 3 52 E 2 EQ Darbuka Tek09 Suat Darbuka Tek 4 Vlk Davul Dum 2 EQ Darbuka Tek 09 Mc Kemik Def Left Tek4 Vlk Davul Dum 2
F3 65 F 3 53 F 2 EQ Darbuka Tek10 EQ Darbuka Tek 10 Vlk Davul Dum 1 EQ Darbuka Tek 10 Davul Hand Dum Vlk Davul Dum 1
F#3 66 F# 3 54 F# 2 EQ Darbuka Rak 1 EQ Darbuka Rak 1 Vlk Davul Roll1 EQ Darbuka Rak 1 Davul Hand Roll Vlk Davul Roll1
G3 67 G 3 55 G 2 EQ Darbuka Rak 2 EQ Darbuka Rak 2 Vlk Davul Tek 1 EQ Darbuka Rak 2 Davul Hand Tek1 Vlk Davul Tek 1
G#3 68 G# 3 56 G# 2 EQ Darbuka Rak 3 EQ Darbuka Rak 3 Vlk Davul Tek 2 EQ Darbuka Rak 3 Davul Hand Tek2 Vlk Davul Tek 2
A3 69 A 3 57 A 2 EQ Darbuka Twin 1 EQ Darbuka Twin 1 Vlk Davul Tek 3 EQ Darbuka Twin 1 Davul Hand Tek3 Vlk Davul Tek 3
A#3 70 A# 3 58 A# 2 EQ Darbuka Twin 2 EQ Darbuka Twin 2 Vlk Davul Tek 4 EQ Darbuka Twin 2 Davul Hand Tek4 Vlk Davul Tek 4
B3 71 B 3 59 B 2 EQ Darbuka Tram 3 EQ Darbuka Tram 3 Vlk Davul Tek 5 EQ Darbuka Tram 3 Davul Hand Tek5 Vlk Davul Tek 5
C4 72 C 4 60 C 3 EQ Darbuka Tram 2 EQ Darbuka Tram 2 Vlk Davul Tek 6 EQ Darbuka Tram 2 Davul Hand Tek6 Vlk Davul Tek 6
C#4 73 C# 4 61 C# 3 EQ Darbuka Tram 1 EQ Darbuka Tram 1 Tsm Mix Dum EQ Darbuka Tram 1 Hallo Stereo Dum Sm Davul Roll
D4 74 D 4 62 D 3 Hallo Stereo Dum Ayt Alm Tek 1 Sm Davul Dum Hallo Stereo Dum Hallo Stereo Kapali Sm Davul Dum
D#4 75 D# 4 63 D# 3 Hallo Stereo Kapali Ayt Alm Tek 2 Sm Davul Tek1 Hallo Stereo Kapali Art Doli Tir2 Sm Davul Tek1
E4 76 E 4 64 E 3 Mc Bass Darbuka Roll2 Ayt Alm Tek 3 Sm Davul Tek2 Kasik Klik Art Doli Dum 2 Sm Davul Tek2
F4 77 F 4 65 F 3 Mc Bass Darbuka Dum Mc Bass Darbuka Dum Sm Davul Tek3 Kasik 1 Art Doli Dum 1 Sm Davul Tek3
F#4 78 F# 4 66 F# 3 Mc Bass Darbuka Roll1 Mc Bass Darbuka Roll1 Sm Davul Tek4 Kasik 2 Art Doli Tir1 Sm Davul Tek4
G4 79 G 4 67 G 3 Mc Bass Darbuka Tokat Mc Bass Darbuka Tokat Sm Davul Tek5 Kasik 3 Art Doli Tek 1 Sm Davul Tek5
G#4 80 G# 4 68 G# 3 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek1 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek1 Tsm Mix Tek1 Kasik 4 Art Doli Tek 2 Sm Davul Dum Cr
A4 81 A 4 69 A 3 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek2 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek2 N Davul Dum3 Ayt Alm Tek 1 Art Doli Tek 3 N Davul Dum3
A#4 82 A# 4 70 A# 3 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek3 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek3 Ams Davul Dum 1 Ayt Alm Tek 2 Art Doli Tek 4 Ams Davul Dum 1
B4 83 B 4 71 B 3 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek4 Mc Bass Darbuka Tek4 Tsm Mix Tek2 Ayt Alm Tek 3 Art Doli Tek 5 Ams Davul Dum 2
C5 84 C 5 72 C 4 Grup Davul THM mix List Ayt Alm Tek 4 Ams Davul Tek 1 Ayt Alm Tek 4 Art Doli Tek 6 Ams Davul Tek 1
C#5 85 C# 5 73 C# 4 Arbane Grup Art Bass List Tsm Mix Dum Ams Davul Tek 2 Finger Left 6 Art Doli Tek 7 Ams Davul Tek 2
D5 86 D 5 74 D 4 Ayt Darbuka Trak2 Tsm Mix Tek1 Ams Davul Tek 3 Finger Left 5 Art Doli Tek 8 Ams Davul Tek 3
D#5 87 D# 5 75 D# 4 Ayt Darbuka Roll2 Ayt Darbuka Roll2 Ams Davul Tek 4 Finger Left 4 Art Doli Tek 9 N Davul C Dum3
E5 88 E 5 76 E 4 Ayt Darbuka Trak1 Tsm Mix Tek2 Tsm Mix Tek3 Finger Left 3 Ayak 1 Mc Kemik Def Right Dum
F5 89 F 5 77 F 4 Ayt Darbuka Dum Ayt Darbuka Dum Cirpak Darbuka 2 Dum Finger Left 2 Ayak 2 Mc Kemik Def Right Tek1
F#5 90 F# 5 78 F# 4 Ayt Darbuka Roll1 Ayt Darbuka Roll1 Cirpak Darbuka 2 Roll Finger Left 1 Ayak 3 Mc Kemik Def Right Tek2
G5 91 G 5 79 G 4 Ayt Darbuka Tok Ayt Darbuka Tok Cirpak Darbuka 2 Tok Ayt Comlek Finger7 Ayak 4 Mc Kemik Def Right Tek3
G#5 92 G# 5 80 G# 4 Ayt Darbuka Tek1 Ayt Darbuka Tek1 Cirpak Darbuka 2 Tek1 Ayt Comlek Finger6 Udu Dum 1 Mc Kemik Def Right Tek4
A5 93 A 5 81 A 4 Ayt Darbuka Tek2 Ayt Darbuka Tek2 Tsm Mix Tek4 Ayt Comlek Finger5 Udu Bass Tek 5 N Davul Dum2
A#5 94 A# 5 82 A# 4 Ayt Darbuka Tek3 Ayt Darbuka Tek3 N Davul Dum2 Ayt Comlek Finger4 Udu High Tek 1 N Davul Dum3
B5 95 B 5 83 B 4 Ayt Darbuka Tek4 Ayt Darbuka Tek4 P Davul Dum Cr Ayt Comlek Finger3 Udu High Tek 2 N Davul Tek1
C6 96 C 6 84 C 5 Darbuka Finger List Ayt Darbuka Tek5 P Davul Dum Ayt Comlek Finger2 Udu High Tek 3 N Davul Tek2
97 C# 6 85 C# 5 EQ Darbuka Finger List EQ Darbuka Finger List P Davul Dum Tek1 Ayt Comlek Finger1 Udu High Tek 4 N Davul Tek3
98 D 6 86 D 5 Ayt Comlek Darbuka Finger Tsm Mix Tek3 P Davul Dum Tek2 Udu High Tek 5 N Davul Tek4
99 D# 6 87 D# 5 Ayt Alm Roll 2 Ayt Alm Roll 2 N Davul Dum3 Ayt Alm Roll 2 Udu High Tek 6 N Davul Tek5
100 E 6 88 E 5 Ayt Alm Dum2 Tsm Mix Tek4 N Davul Tek1 Ayt Alm Dum2 Tsm Mix Tek1 N Davul Tk1
101 F 6 89 F 5 Ayt Alm Dum1 Ayt Alm Dum1 N Davul Tek3 Ayt Alm Dum1 Tsm Mix Tek2 N Davul Tk2
102 F# 6 90 F# 5 Ayt Alm Roll 1 Ayt Alm Roll 1 N Davul Tek4 Ayt Alm Roll 1 Tsm Mix Tek3 N Davul Tk3
103 G 6 91 G 5 Ayt Alm Tokat Ayt Alm Tokat N Davul Tk1 Ayt Alm Tokat Tsm Mix Tek4 N Davul Tk

70 PSR-A350
Song List / /

Song No. Song Name • Some songs have been edited for length or for ease in learning, and may
Demo not be exactly the same as the original.
• A song book (free downloadable scores) is available that includes scores
001 Arabic Demo (Yamaha Original)
for all internal songs (excepting Songs 1–5). To obtain the Song Book,
002 Khaligi Demo (Yamaha Original)
complete the user registration at the following website.
003 Iranian Demo (Yamaha Original) https://member.yamaha.com/myproduct/regist/
004 Turkish Demo (Yamaha Original)
005 Greek Demo (Yamaha Original)
Learn to Play
006 Für Elise (Basic) (L. v. Beethoven)
007 Für Elise (Advanced) (L. v. Beethoven)
008 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (Basic) (Traditional)
009 Twinkle Twinkle Little Star (Advanced) (Traditional)
010 Turkish March (Basic) (W.A. Mozart)
011 Turkish March (Advanced) (W.A. Mozart)
012 Ode to Joy (Basic) (L. v. Beethoven)
013 Ode to Joy (Advanced) (L. v. Beethoven)
014 The Entertainer (Basic) (S. Joplin)
015 The Entertainer (Advanced) (S. Joplin)
016 Londonderry Air (Basic) (Traditional)
017 Londonderry Air (Advanced) (Traditional)
Favorite
018 Frère Jacques (Traditional)
019 Der Froschgesang (Traditional)
020 Aura Lee (Traditional)
021 London Bridge (Traditional)
022 Sur le pont d'Avignon (Traditional)
023 Nedelka (Traditional)
024 Cielito Lindo (Traditional)
025 If You’re Happy and You Know It (Traditional)
026 Beautiful Dreamer (S. C. Foster)
027 Largo (from the New World) (A. Dvořák)
028 Brahms’ Lullaby (J. Brahms)
029 Pomp and Circumstance (E. Elgar)
030 Chanson du Toreador (G. Bizet)
031 Sicilienne/Fauré (G. Fauré)
032 Swan Lake (P. I. Tchaikovsky)
033 Grand March (Aida) (G. Verdi)
Serenade for Strings in C major, op.48
034 (P. I. Tchaikovsky)
035 Pizzicato Polka (J. Strauss II)
036 Romance de Amor (Traditional)
Piano Repertoire
037 Wenn ich ein Vöglein wär (Traditional)
038 Die Lorelei (F. Silcher)
039 Home Sweet Home (H. R. Bishop)
040 Loch Lomond (Traditional)
041 Prelude op.28-15 “Raindrop” (F. Chopin)
042 Nocturne op.9-2 (F. Chopin)
043 Etude op.10-3 “Chanson de L'adieu” (F. Chopin)
044 Romanze (Serenade K.525) (W. A. Mozart)
045 Arabesque (J. F. Burgmüller)
046 La Chevaleresque (J. F. Burgmüller)
047 Für Elise (L. v. Beethoven)
048 Turkish March (W.A. Mozart)
049 24 Preludes op.28-7 (F. Chopin)
050 Annie Laurie (Traditional)

PSR-A350 71
Style List / /

Style No. Style Name Style No. Style Name Style No. Style Name
ARABIC 58 KaratchiMaroc 115 Kamilieriko
1 Saeidy 59 FazzaniTunisi POP & ROCK
2 ChaabiModern 60 Ghita 116 BritPopRock
3 Mahragan 61 Souga 117 8BeatModern
4 SaidiDance 62 Fazzani 118 Cool8Beat
5 KatakoftiLeb IRANIAN 119 StadiumuRock
6 WehdeLeb 63 6/8Pop 120 70sRock
7 LaffSyria 64 6/8Looti 121 HardRock
8 LaffMaksoum 65 6/8Rengi 122 60sGuitarPop
9 BaladiLeb 66 6/8Qeri 123 8BeatAdria
10 Baladi 67 6/8Modern1 124 60s8Beat
11 Katakoufti 68 Bandari1 125 8Beat
12 Maksoum 69 BandariModern 126 OffBeat
13 Ayoub 70 KordiPop 127 Folkrock
14 WehdaSaghira 71 Bandari2 128 60sRock
15 MaksoumSarih 72 6/8Azari 129 RockShuffle
16 Ibrahimi 73 AzariLezgi 130 8BeatRock
17 Zaffah 74 6/8SlowAzari 131 16Beat
18 Hajaa 75 2/4Azari 132 PopShuffle
19 6/8Soudasi 76 6/8Afqani 133 GuitarPop
20 Wehda 77 Raghs 134 16BeatUptempo
21 SaeidyDance 78 6/8Dance 135 KoolShuffle
22 Laff 79 KoocheBazaari 136 HipHopLight
23 Rumba 80 IranianClub1 BALLAD
24 Fox 81 IranianClub2 137 70sGlamPiano
25 Valse 82 3/4Irani 138 PianoBallad
26 10/8Samai 83 AstaAzari 139 LoveSong
KHALIGI 84 6/8Modern2 140 6/8ModernEP
27 Haiwa 85 6/8Tombak 141 6/8SlowRock
28 Georgina TURKISH 142 OrganBallad
29 RombaLive 86 Vahde 143 PopBallad
30 BandariSeeroos 87 TurkishDance 144 16BeatBallad
31 Dosari 88 2/4Oyun DANCE
32 Sowahli 89 Misket 145 ClubBeat
33 KhebatiLive 90 3/4Slow 146 Electronica
34 Atbah 91 4/4Oriental 147 FunkyHouse
35 BandariEmirates 92 6/8Azeri 148 RetroClub
36 Khebaiti3/4 93 7/8Turku 149 USHipHop
37 Khebaiti4/4 94 7/8Karadeniz 150 MellowHipHop
38 Yanbaawi 95 2/4&6/8Halay 151 Chillout
39 Samri 96 Ciftetelli 152 EuroTrance
40 Bastah 97 9/4Zeybek 153 Ibiza
41 Adaniat 98 6/8Halay 154 SwingHouse
42 Laiwa 99 9/8Teke 155 Clubdance
43 Stati 100 9/8Tsm 156 ClubLatin
44 Sout4/4 101 TurkPop 157 Garage
45 Muruba 102 9/8Trance 158 TechnoParty
46 Dazza 103 VahdeR&B 159 UKPop
47 Tamburah 104 9/8Disco 160 HipHopGroove
48 Sharh 105 Dansoz 161 HipShuffle
49 Ashori GREEK 162 HipHopPop
50 ShaabiEmirates 106 Zeibekikos 163 ModernDisco
51 IraqiMix 107 Tsifteteli 164 70sDisco
MAGHREBI 108 Kalamatianos 165 LatinDisco
52 BadouiWahrani 109 Syrtorumba 166 SaturdayNight
53 HadiBerwali 110 Tsamikos 167 DiscoHands
54 LibiChaabi 111 Karsilamas SWING&JAZZ
55 Aissawi 112 Hasapiko 168 BigBandFast
56 Zayani6/8 113 5/8Greek 169 BigBandBallad
57 Chaabi 114 Hasaposerviko 170 AcousticJazz

72 PSR-A350
Style List / /

Style No. Style Name


171 AcidJazz
172 JazzClub
173 Swing
174 Five/Four
LATIN
175 BrazilianSamba
176 BossaNova
177 Reggaeton
178 Mambo
179 Salsa
180 Beguine
181 Reggae
182 Tango
183 Pasodoble
184 Samba
185 ChaChaCha
186 Rumba
WORLD
187 GermanMarch
188 6/8March
189 PolkaPop
190 OberPolka
191 Tarantella
192 Showtune
193 AfricanGospelReggae
194 HighLife
WALTZ
195 VienneseWaltz
196 EnglishWaltz
197 SwingWaltz
198 JazzWaltz
199 OberkrainerWalzer
200 Musette
CHILDREN
201 Learning2/4
202 Learning4/4
203 Learning6/8
PIANIST
204 Stride
205 PianoSwing
206 Arpeggio
207 SlowRock
208 8BeatPianoBallad
209 6/8PianoMarch
210 PianoWaltz

PSR-A350 73
Effect Type List / /

Harmony Types

No. Harmony Type Description

001 Duet
If you want to sound one of the harmony types 01–05, play keys to the right side of the Split Point while
playing chords in the left side of the keyboard after turning Auto Accompaniment on. One, two or three
notes of harmony are automatically added to the note you play. When playing back a Song that
includes chord data, harmony is applied whichever keys are played.
002 Trio

003 Block

004 Country

005 Octave

006 Trill 1/4 note

007 Trill 1/6 note

008 Trill 1/8 note If you keep holding down two different notes, the notes alternate (in a trill) continuously.

009 Trill 1/12 note

010 Trill 1/16 note

011 Trill 1/24 note

012 Trill 1/32 note

013 Tremolo 1/4 note

014 Tremolo 1/6 note


If you keep holding down a single note, the note is repeated continuously.
(The repeat speed differs depending on the selected type.)
015 Tremolo 1/8 note

016 Tremolo 1/12 note

017 Tremolo 1/16 note

018 Tremolo 1/24 note

019 Tremolo 1/32 note

020 Echo 1/4 note

021 Echo 1/6 note


If you keep holding down a note, echo is applied to the note played.
(The echo speed differs depending on the selected type.)
022 Echo 1/8 note

023 Echo 1/12 note

024 Echo 1/16 note

025 Echo 1/24 note

026 Echo 1/32 note

74 PSR-A350
Effect Type List / /

Arpeggio Type List

Arpeggio No. Arpeggio Name Arpeggio No. Arpeggio Name Arpeggio No. Arpeggio Name
027 UpOct 092 GtrChrd2 157 FolkRock
028 DownOct 093 GtrChrd3 158 Unpluggd
029 UpDwnOct 094 GtrArp 159 HipHop
030 SynArp1 095 FngrPck1 160 Trance
031 SynArp2 096 FngrPck2 161 Dream
032 SynArp3 097 CleanGtr 162 2 Step
033 SynArp4 098 Slowfl 163 ClubHs1
034 SyncEcho 099 Samba1 164 ClubHs2
035 PulsLine 100 Samba2 165 EuroTek
036 StepLine 101 Spanish1 166 House
037 Random 102 Spanish2 167 Ibiza1
038 Down&Up 103 Harp1 168 Ibiza2
039 SuperArp 104 Harp2 169 Ibiza3
040 AcidLine 105 FngrBas1 170 Garage
041 TekEcho 106 FngrBas2 171 Samba
042 VelGruv 107 FngrBas3 172 African
043 Planet 108 CoolFunk 173 Latin
044 Trance1 109 SlapBass 174 Arabic
045 Trance2 110 AcidBas1 175 Khaligi
046 Trance3 111 AcidBas2 176 Maghrebi
047 ChordAlt 112 FunkyBas 177 Iranian
048 SynChrd1 113 CmbJazB1 178 Turkish
049 SynChrd2 114 CmbJazB2
050 Syncopa 115 CmbJazB3
051 Hybrid1 116 NewR&BBs
052 Hybrid2 117 HipHopBs
053 Hybrid3 118 SmoothBs
054 Hybrid4 119 DreamBas
055 Hybrid5 120 TranceBs
056 PfArp1 121 LatinBas
057 PfArp2 122 Strings1
058 PfArp3 123 Strings2
059 PfArp4 124 Strings3
060 PfClub1 125 Strings4
061 PfClub2 126 StrngDwn
062 PfBallad 127 StrngUp
063 PfChd8th 128 OrcheStr
064 EPArp 129 Jupiter
065 PfShufle 130 Pizz1
066 PfRock 131 Pizz2
067 Clavi1 132 BrasSec1
068 Clavi2 133 BrasSec2
069 RocknPf 134 BrasSec3
070 70RockPf 135 FunkBras
071 SlowflPf 136 SoulReed
072 SoulPf 137 DiscoLd
073 ChordUp 138 SmoothPd
074 ChdDance 139 PercArp
075 LatinRck 140 Ethnic
076 Salsa1 141 Cresendo
077 Salsa2 142 DiscoCP
078 Reggae1 143 Perc1
079 Reggae2 144 Perc2
080 Reggae3 145 R&B
081 6/8R&B 146 Funk1
082 Gospel 147 Funk2
083 BalladEP 148 Funk3
084 Strum1 149 Soul
085 Strum2 150 ClscHip
086 Strum3 151 Smooth
087 Strum4 152 NewGospl
088 Pickin1 153 CmbJazz1
089 Pickin2 154 CmbJazz2
090 Funky 155 Bebop
091 GtrChrd1 156 JazzHop

PSR-A350 75
Effect Type List / /

Reverb Types

No. Reverb Type Description


Concert hall reverb.

01–03 Hall 1–3

Small room reverb.


04–05 Room 1–2

Reverb for solo instruments.

06–07 Stage 1–2

Simulated steel plate reverb.


08–09 Plate 1–2

No effect.
10 Off

Chorus Types

No. Chorus Type Description


Conventional chorus program with rich, warm chorusing.

1–3 Chorus 1–3

This produces a rich, animated wavering effect in the sound.


4–5 Flanger 1–2

No effect.
6 Off

76 PSR-A350
For details of products, please contact your nearest Yamaha
representative or the authorized distributor listed below.

NORTH AMERICA MALTA CYPRUS


Olimpus Music Ltd. Nakas Music Cyprus Ltd.
CANADA Valletta Road, Mosta MST9010, Malta Nikis Ave 2k
Yamaha Canada Music Ltd. Tel: +356-2133-2093 1086 Nicosia
135 Milner Avenue, Toronto, Ontario M1S 3R1, NETHERLANDS/BELGIUM/ Tel: + 357-22-511080
Canada LUXEMBOURG Major Music Center
Tel: +1-416-298-1311 21 Ali Riza Ave. Ortakoy
Yamaha Music Europe, Branch Benelux
U.S.A. Clarissenhof 5b, 4133 AB Vianen, The Netherlands P.O.Box 475 Nicosia, Cyprus
Yamaha Corporation of America Tel: +31-347-358040 Tel: (392) 227 9213
6600 Orangethorpe Avenue, Buena Park, CA 90620, FRANCE OTHER COUNTRIES
U.S.A. Yamaha Music Gulf FZE
Tel: +1-714-522-9011 Yamaha Music Europe
7 rue Ambroise Croizat, Zone d'activités de Pariest, JAFZA-16, Office 512, P.O.Box 17328,
77183 Croissy-Beaubourg, France Jebel Ali FZE, Dubai, UAE
CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA Tel: +33-1-6461-4000 Tel: +971-4-801-1500
MEXICO ITALY
Yamaha de México, S.A. de C.V. Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Branch Italy ASIA
Av. Insurgentes Sur 1647 Piso 9, Col. San José Viale Italia 88, 20020, Lainate (Milano), Italy THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA
Insurgentes, Delegación Benito Juárez, México, Tel: +39-02-93577-1 Yamaha Music & Electronics (China) Co., Ltd.
D.F., C.P. 03900 SPAIN/PORTUGAL 2F, Yunhedasha, 1818 Xinzha-lu, Jingan-qu,
Tel: +52-55-5804-0600 Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Ibérica, Sucursal Shanghai, China
BRAZIL en España Tel: +86-400-051-7700
Yamaha Musical do Brasil Ltda. Ctra. de la Coruna km. 17,200, 28231 HONG KONG
Rua Fidêncio Ramos, 302 – Cj 52 e 54 – Torre B – Las Rozas de Madrid, Spain Tom Lee Music Co., Ltd.
Vila Olímpia – CEP 04551-010 – São Paulo/SP, Tel: +34-91-639-88-88 11/F., Silvercord Tower 1, 30 Canton Road,
Brazil GREECE Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel: +55-11-3704-1377 Philippos Nakas S.A. The Music House Tel: +852-2737-7688
ARGENTINA 19th klm. Leof. Lavriou 190 02 Peania – Attiki, INDIA
Yamaha Music Latin America, S.A., Greece Yamaha Music India Private Limited
Sucursal Argentina Tel: +30-210-6686260 Spazedge Building, Ground Floor, Tower A,
Olga Cossettini 1553, Piso 4 Norte, SWEDEN Sector-47, Gurgaon- Sohna Road, Gurgaon-122002,
Madero Este-C1107CEK, Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Germany filial Haryana, India
Buenos Aires, Argentina Scandinavia Tel: +91-124-485-3300
Tel: +54-11-4119-7000 JA Wettergrensgata 1, 400 43 Göteborg, Sweden INDONESIA
VENEZUELA Tel: +46-31-89-34-00 PT. Yamaha Musik Indonesia (Distributor)
Yamaha Musical de Venezuela, C.A. DENMARK Yamaha Music Center Bldg. Jalan Jend. Gatot
AV. Manzanares, C.C. Manzanares Plaza, Yamaha Music Denmark, Subroto Kav. 4, Jakarta 12930, Indonesia
Piso 4, Oficina 0401, Baruta, Caracas, Venezuela Fillial of Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Tyskland Tel: +62-21-520-2577
Tel: +58-212-943-1877 Generatorvej 8C, ST. TH., 2860 Søborg, Denmark KOREA
PANAMA AND OTHER LATIN Tel: +45-44-92-49-00 Yamaha Music Korea Ltd.
AMERICAN COUNTRIES/ FINLAND 8F, Dongsung Bldg. 21, Teheran-ro 87-gil,
CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES F-Musiikki Oy Gangnam-gu, Seoul, 135-880, Korea
Yamaha Music Latin America, S.A. Antaksentie 4 Tel: +82-2-3467-3300
Edif. Torre Banco General, F7, Urb. Marbella, FI-01510 Vantaa, Finland MALAYSIA
Calle 47 y Aquilino de la Guardia, Panama, Tel: +358 (0)96185111 Yamaha Music (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
P.O.Box 0823-05863, Panama, Rep.de Panama NORWAY No.8, Jalan Perbandaran, Kelana Jaya, 47301
Tel: +507-269-5311 Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Germany - Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia
Norwegian Branch Tel: +60-3-78030900
EUROPE Grini Næringspark 1, 1332 Østerås, Norway SINGAPORE
Tel: +47-6716-7800 Yamaha Music (Asia) Private Limited
THE UNITED KINGDOM/IRELAND
Yamaha Music Europe GmbH (UK) ICELAND Block 202 Hougang Street 21, #02-00,
Sherbourne Drive, Tilbrook, Milton Keynes, Hljodfaerahusid Ehf. Singapore 530202, Singapore
MK7 8BL, U.K. Sidumula 20 Tel: +65-6740-9200
Tel: +44-1908-366700 IS-108 Reykjavik, Iceland TAIWAN
Tel: +354-525-5050 Yamaha Music & Electronics Taiwan Co., Ltd.
GERMANY
Yamaha Music Europe GmbH CROATIA 2F., No.1, Yuandong Rd. Banqiao Dist.
Siemensstrasse 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Euro Unit D.O.O. New Taipei City 22063, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Tel: +49-4101-303-0 Slakovec 73 Tel: +886-2-7741-8888
40305 Nedelisce THAILAND
SWITZERLAND/LIECHTENSTEIN Tel: +38540829400
Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Rellingen, Siam Music Yamaha Co., Ltd.
Branch Switzerland in Zürich RUSSIA 3, 4, 15, 16th Fl., Siam Motors Building,
Seefeldstrasse 94, 8008 Zürich, Switzerland Yamaha Music (Russia) LLC. 891/1 Rama 1 Road, Wangmai,
Tel: +41-44-3878080 Room 37, entrance 7, bld. 7, Kievskaya street, Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand
Moscow, 121059, Russia Tel: +66-2215-2622
AUSTRIA Tel: +7-495-626-5005 VIETNAM
Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Branch Austria
Schleiergasse 20, 1100 Wien, Austria OTHER EUROPEAN COUNTRIES Yamaha Music Vietnam Company Limited
Tel: +43-1-60203900 Yamaha Music Europe GmbH 15th Floor, Nam A Bank Tower, 201-203 Cach
Siemensstrasse 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany Mang Thang Tam St., Ward 4, Dist.3,
CZECH REPUBLIC/HUNGARY/ Tel: +49-4101-303-0 Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
ROMANIA/SLOVAKIA/SLOVENIA Tel: +84-8-3818-1122
Yamaha Music Europe GmbH, Branch Austria AFRICA OTHER ASIAN COUNTRIES
Schleiergasse 20, 1100 Wien, Austria http://asia.yamaha.com
Tel: +43-1-60203900 Yamaha Music Gulf FZE
POLAND/LITHUANIA/LATVIA/ JAFZA-16, Office 512, P.O.Box 17328,
Jebel Ali FZE, Dubai, UAE OCEANIA
ESTONIA
Yamaha Music Europe GmbH
Tel: +971-4-801-1500 AUSTRALIA
Sp.z o.o. Oddzial w Polsce Yamaha Music Australia Pty. Ltd.
ul. Wrotkowa 14, 02-553 Warsaw, Poland MIDDLE EAST Level 1, 99 Queensbridge Street, Southbank,
Tel: +48-22-880-08-88 VIC 3006, Australia
TURKEY Tel: +61-3-9693-5111
BULGARIA Yamaha Music Europe GmbH
Dinacord Bulgaria LTD. Merkezi Almanya Türkiye İstanbul Şubesi
NEW ZEALAND
Bul.Iskarsko Schose 7 Targowski Zentar Ewropa Maslak Meydan Sodak, Spring Giz Plaza Bagimsiz Music Works LTD
1528 Sofia, Bulgaria Böl. No:3, Sariyer Istanbul, Turkey P.O.BOX 6246 Wellesley, Auckland 4680,
Tel: +359-2-978-20-25 Tel: +90-212-999-8010 New Zealand
Tel: +64-9-634-0099
COUNTRIES AND TRUST
TERRITORIES IN PACIFIC OCEAN
http://asia.yamaha.com

DMI15 Head Office/Manufacturer: Yamaha Corporation 10-1, Nakazawa-cho, Naka-ku, Hamamatsu, 430-8650, Japan
(For European Countries) Importer: Yamaha Music Europe GmbH Siemensstrasse 22-34, 25462 Rellingen, Germany

You might also like